NZ726895B2 - Ex vivo organ care system - Google Patents
Ex vivo organ care system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- NZ726895B2 NZ726895B2 NZ726895A NZ72689515A NZ726895B2 NZ 726895 B2 NZ726895 B2 NZ 726895B2 NZ 726895 A NZ726895 A NZ 726895A NZ 72689515 A NZ72689515 A NZ 72689515A NZ 726895 B2 NZ726895 B2 NZ 726895B2
- Authority
- NZ
- New Zealand
- Prior art keywords
- liver
- fluid
- perfusion
- pump
- flow
- Prior art date
Links
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 title abstract description 395
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 748
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 536
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 445
- 210000003240 portal vein Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 173
- 210000002767 hepatic artery Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 153
- 210000001631 vena cava inferior Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 42
- 230000000541 pulsatile effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 29
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims description 36
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 301
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 148
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 123
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 116
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 116
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 83
- 210000000941 bile Anatomy 0.000 description 70
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 66
- 230000037452 priming Effects 0.000 description 58
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 55
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 53
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 48
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 47
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 47
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 47
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 40
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 39
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 35
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 34
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 33
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 32
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 30
- 239000003071 vasodilator agent Substances 0.000 description 29
- 108010003415 Aspartate Aminotransferases Proteins 0.000 description 28
- 102000004625 Aspartate Aminotransferases Human genes 0.000 description 28
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 28
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 28
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 28
- 229940124549 vasodilator Drugs 0.000 description 28
- 238000005086 pumping Methods 0.000 description 27
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 26
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 26
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000003570 air Substances 0.000 description 25
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 25
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 25
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 24
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 23
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 22
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 22
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 22
- 239000010836 blood and blood product Substances 0.000 description 21
- 229940125691 blood product Drugs 0.000 description 21
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 21
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 20
- 230000004872 arterial blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 19
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 19
- -1 batteries Substances 0.000 description 18
- 210000000013 bile duct Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 18
- 230000003908 liver function Effects 0.000 description 18
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 17
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 16
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 16
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 16
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000003833 bile salt Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 15
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 15
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 14
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 230000036770 blood supply Effects 0.000 description 13
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 235000016709 nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 12
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000007102 metabolic function Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 12
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 11
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000005534 hematocrit Methods 0.000 description 11
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- LMHIPJMTZHDKEW-XQYLJSSYSA-M Epoprostenol sodium Chemical compound [Na+].O1\C(=C/CCCC([O-])=O)C[C@@H]2[C@@H](/C=C/[C@@H](O)CCCCC)[C@H](O)C[C@@H]21 LMHIPJMTZHDKEW-XQYLJSSYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000013523 data management Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000013530 defoamer Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 238000006213 oxygenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 10
- 102100036475 Alanine aminotransferase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108010082126 Alanine transaminase Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 9
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 9
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 229940093761 bile salts Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000003633 blood substitute Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 8
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 8
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000011575 calcium Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229940001440 flolan Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 210000005228 liver tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 7
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 206010053567 Coagulopathies Diseases 0.000 description 6
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UUOKFMHZSA-N Guanosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 206010067125 Liver injury Diseases 0.000 description 6
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- FQISKWAFAHGMGT-SGJOWKDISA-M Methylprednisolone sodium succinate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@@]12C)=CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@](O)(C(=O)COC(=O)CCC([O-])=O)CC[C@H]21 FQISKWAFAHGMGT-SGJOWKDISA-M 0.000 description 6
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 6
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000004087 circulation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000035602 clotting Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000002542 deteriorative effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 6
- 231100000753 hepatic injury Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 230000010410 reperfusion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical class [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241001631457 Cannula Species 0.000 description 5
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000005355 Hall effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 5
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229940127090 anticoagulant agent Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000003146 anticoagulant agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229960005069 calcium Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000000254 damaging effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004868 gas analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000010562 histological examination Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000005229 liver cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000000082 organ preservation Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229940087854 solu-medrol Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 235000021476 total parenteral nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000010792 warming Methods 0.000 description 5
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical class [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 4
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010015719 Exsanguination Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 4
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000029749 Microtubule Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108091022875 Microtubule Proteins 0.000 description 4
- SEQKRHFRPICQDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-tris(hydroxymethyl)methylglycine Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)[NH2+]CC([O-])=O SEQKRHFRPICQDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108700042768 University of Wisconsin-lactobionate solution Proteins 0.000 description 4
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N Uridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 4
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003613 bile acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- MLYYVTUWGNIJIB-BXKDBHETSA-N cefazolin Chemical compound S1C(C)=NN=C1SCC1=C(C(O)=O)N2C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CN3N=NN=C3)[C@H]2SC1 MLYYVTUWGNIJIB-BXKDBHETSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960001139 cefazolin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- MYSWGUAQZAJSOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ciprofloxacin Chemical compound C12=CC(N3CCNCC3)=C(F)C=C2C(=O)C(C(=O)O)=CN1C1CC1 MYSWGUAQZAJSOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000001953 common bile duct Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 description 4
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000035487 diastolic blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003205 diastolic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000002016 disaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 208000010706 fatty liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 4
- VWWQXMAJTJZDQX-UYBVJOGSSA-N flavin adenine dinucleotide Chemical compound C1=NC2=C(N)N=CN=C2N1[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H]1O)O[C@@H]1CO[P@](O)(=O)O[P@@](O)(=O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C2=NC(=O)NC(=O)C2=NC2=C1C=C(C)C(C)=C2 VWWQXMAJTJZDQX-UYBVJOGSSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000019162 flavin adenine dinucleotide Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000011714 flavin adenine dinucleotide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940093632 flavin-adenine dinucleotide Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000004023 fresh frozen plasma Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 4
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000014018 liver neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 210000004688 microtubule Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000003761 preservation solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 4
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 3
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002126 C01EB10 - Adenosine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 101100173447 Caenorhabditis elegans ger-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- MIKUYHXYGGJMLM-GIMIYPNGSA-N Crotonoside Natural products C1=NC2=C(N)NC(=O)N=C2N1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O MIKUYHXYGGJMLM-GIMIYPNGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-guanosine Natural products C1=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1O NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000004930 Fatty Liver Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000032843 Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010019708 Hepatic steatosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 3
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XJLXINKUBYWONI-NNYOXOHSSA-N NADP zwitterion Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=C[N+]([C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O3)N3C4=NC=NC(N)=C4N=C3)O)O2)O)=C1 XJLXINKUBYWONI-NNYOXOHSSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229920002323 Silicone foam Polymers 0.000 description 3
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- UDMBCSSLTHHNCD-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O UDMBCSSLTHHNCD-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229950006790 adenosine phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229960003767 alanine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000090 biomarker Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000019522 cellular metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960003013 epoprostenol sodium Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000020774 essential nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000011010 flushing procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940029575 guanosine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960002885 histidine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003978 infusion fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 201000007270 liver cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960004452 methionine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002559 palpation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001172 regenerating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000013514 silicone foam Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000240 steatosis hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000021 stimulant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000035488 systolic blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 3
- XOAAWQZATWQOTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N taurine Chemical compound NCCS(O)(=O)=O XOAAWQZATWQOTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960004799 tryptophan Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 150000003722 vitamin derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-VIFPVBQESA-N (R)-adrenaline Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182837 (R)-adrenaline Natural products 0.000 description 2
- IAKHMKGGTNLKSZ-INIZCTEOSA-N (S)-colchicine Chemical compound C1([C@@H](NC(C)=O)CC2)=CC(=O)C(OC)=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(OC)C(OC)=C1OC IAKHMKGGTNLKSZ-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-beta-D-Xylofuranosyl-NH-Cytosine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AJTVSSFTXWNIRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[bis(2-hydroxyethyl)amino]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+](CCO)CCS([O-])(=O)=O AJTVSSFTXWNIRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DVLFYONBTKHTER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(N-morpholino)propanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCCN1CCOCC1 DVLFYONBTKHTER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002407 ATP formation Effects 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BPYKTIZUTYGOLE-IFADSCNNSA-N Bilirubin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(C)=C(C=C)\C1=C\C1=C(C)C(CCC(O)=O)=C(CC2=C(C(C)=C(\C=C/3C(=C(C=C)C(=O)N\3)C)N2)CCC(O)=O)N1 BPYKTIZUTYGOLE-IFADSCNNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000015081 Blood Coagulation Factors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010039209 Blood Coagulation Factors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-PSQAKQOGSA-N Cytidine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N D-xylopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1COC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002527 Glycogen Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010083687 Ion Pumps Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GSDSWSVVBLHKDQ-JTQLQIEISA-N Levofloxacin Chemical compound C([C@@H](N1C2=C(C(C(C(O)=O)=C1)=O)C=C1F)C)OC2=C1N1CCN(C)CC1 GSDSWSVVBLHKDQ-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 2
- FSVCELGFZIQNCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)glycine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CC(O)=O FSVCELGFZIQNCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BAWFJGJZGIEFAR-NNYOXOHSSA-N NAD zwitterion Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=C[N+]([C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O3)N3C4=NC=NC(N)=C4N=C3)O)O2)O)=C1 BAWFJGJZGIEFAR-NNYOXOHSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000797802 Oxus Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920005830 Polyurethane Foam Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-M Pyruvate Chemical compound CC(=O)C([O-])=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N Ribose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YASAKCUCGLMORW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Rosiglitazone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=NC=1N(C)CCOC(C=C1)=CC=C1CC1SC(=O)NC1=O YASAKCUCGLMORW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RRNJROHIFSLGRA-JEDNCBNOSA-N acetic acid;(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O.NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O RRNJROHIFSLGRA-JEDNCBNOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000122 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N actinomycin D Natural products CC1OC(=O)C(C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)C2CCCN2C(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)NC4C(=O)NC(C(N5CCCC5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)C(C(C)C)C(=O)OC4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-Furanose-Ribose Natural products OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-glycerophosphate Natural products OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N arabinose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-Pyranose-Lyxose Natural products OC1COC(O)C(O)C1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N beta-L-uridine Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003114 blood coagulation factor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019994 cava Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940088516 cipro Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N cytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000015872 dietary supplement Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001882 dioxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229960005139 epinephrine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003797 essential amino acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000834 fixative Substances 0.000 description 2
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N folic acid Chemical compound C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000232 gallbladder Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002989 glutamic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940096919 glycogen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000034659 glycolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002631 hypothermal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000037906 ischaemic injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003376 levofloxacin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000012317 liver biopsy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960005357 lysine acetate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000002991 molded plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002772 monosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229950006238 nadide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229930027945 nicotinamide-adenine dinucleotide Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000003865 nucleic acid synthesis inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036284 oxygen consumption Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960005190 phenylalanine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011496 polyurethane foam Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002429 proline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005057 refrigeration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002271 resection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000005245 right atrium Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-GSVOUGTGSA-N sn-glycerol 3-phosphate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011008 sodium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940052907 telazol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- YXVCLPJQTZXJLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiamine(1+) diphosphate chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CC1=C(CCOP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)SC=[N+]1CC1=CN=C(C)N=C1N YXVCLPJQTZXJLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000012549 training Methods 0.000 description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004441 tyrosine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N uracil arabinoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940045145 uridine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 2
- BPICBUSOMSTKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N xylazine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1NC1=NCCCS1 BPICBUSOMSTKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001600 xylazine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XDIYNQZUNSSENW-UUBOPVPUSA-N (2R,3S,4R,5R)-2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O.OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O XDIYNQZUNSSENW-UUBOPVPUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSINOMROUCMIEA-FGVHQWLLSA-N (2s,4r)-4-[(3r,5s,6r,7r,8s,9s,10s,13r,14s,17r)-6-ethyl-3,7-dihydroxy-10,13-dimethyl-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl]-2-methylpentanoic acid Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)C[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1[C@@H](CC)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)C[C@H](C)C(O)=O)CC[C@H]21 HSINOMROUCMIEA-FGVHQWLLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3beta,5beta,7alpha)-3,7-Dihydroxycholan-24-oic acid Natural products OC1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)CC2 RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N -2-Amino-4-hydroxybutanoic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C(N)CCO UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QMSMUDDPQAKUSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-morpholin-4-ylethanesulfonic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OS(=O)(=O)C(C)N1CCOCC1 QMSMUDDPQAKUSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNUWDURNWORUHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-5-hydroxy-4,4-bis(hydroxymethyl)pentane-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC(CC(S(=O)(=O)O)(N)C)(CO)CO HNUWDURNWORUHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIIIXQJBDGSIKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-morpholin-4-ylethanesulfonic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OS(=O)(=O)CCN1CCOCC1 MIIIXQJBDGSIKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-2-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridine Chemical compound FC(F)(F)OC1=CC=C(Br)C=N1 SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SLXKOJJOQWFEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-aminohexanoic acid Chemical compound NCCCCCC(O)=O SLXKOJJOQWFEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Cyan-hept-2t-en-4,6-diinsaeure Natural products C1=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C(OC)=CC=CC=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=2CC(O)(C(C)=O)CC1OC1CC(N)C(O)C(C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007991 ACES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101710189683 Alkaline protease 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710154562 Alkaline proteinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000945 Amylopectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000856 Amylose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100021253 Antileukoproteinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710170876 Antileukoproteinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- XUKUURHRXDUEBC-KAYWLYCHSA-N Atorvastatin Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C1=C(C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)N(CC[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O)C(C(C)C)=C1C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1 XUKUURHRXDUEBC-KAYWLYCHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010003827 Autoimmune hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007989 BIS-Tris Propane buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010006654 Bleomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710112538 C-C motif chemokine 27 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium cation Chemical compound [Ca+2] BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000049 Carbon (fiber) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920001287 Chondroitin sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UDMBCSSLTHHNCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Coenzym Q(11) Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1OC(COP(O)(O)=O)C(O)C1O UDMBCSSLTHHNCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 1
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-Erythrose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C=O YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-CBPJZXOFSA-N D-Gulose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-CBPJZXOFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-WHZQZERISA-N D-aldose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-WHZQZERISA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-alpha-Ala Natural products CC([NH3+])C([O-])=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-IUYQGCFVSA-N D-erythrose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-IUYQGCFVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M D-gluconate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- MNQZXJOMYWMBOU-VKHMYHEASA-N D-glyceraldehyde Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)C=O MNQZXJOMYWMBOU-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012625 DNA intercalator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010092160 Dactinomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- LQKSHSFQQRCAFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dolastatin 15 Natural products COC1=CC(=O)N(C(=O)C(OC(=O)C2N(CCC2)C(=O)C2N(CCC2)C(=O)C(C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)N(C)C)C(C)C)C(C)C)C1CC1=CC=CC=C1 LQKSHSFQQRCAFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010056474 Erythrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000008946 Fibrinogen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010049003 Fibrinogen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- GIZQLVPDAOBAFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N HEPPSO Chemical compound OCCN1CCN(CC(O)CS(O)(=O)=O)CC1 GIZQLVPDAOBAFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010018910 Haemolysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000001554 Hemoglobins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010054147 Hemoglobins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002971 Heparan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001499 Heparinoid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000027761 Hepatic autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019695 Hepatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- SQUHHTBVTRBESD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hexa-Ac-myo-Inositol Natural products CC(=O)OC1C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C1OC(C)=O SQUHHTBVTRBESD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004831 Hot glue Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007976 Ketosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N L-Alanine Natural products C[C@@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-PHDIDXHHSA-N L-Glutathione Natural products OC(=O)[C@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-PHDIDXHHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-Methionine Natural products CSCCC(N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Ornithine Chemical class NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- 239000002211 L-ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000000069 L-ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FFFHZYDWPBMWHY-VKHMYHEASA-N L-homocysteine Chemical class OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCS FFFHZYDWPBMWHY-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-VKHMYHEASA-N L-homoserine Chemical class OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCO UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182844 L-isoleucine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229930195722 L-methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007993 MOPS buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- JLVVSXFLKOJNIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium ion Chemical compound [Mg+2] JLVVSXFLKOJNIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930192392 Mitomycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000238367 Mya arenaria Species 0.000 description 1
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pteroyl-L-glutaminsaeure Natural products C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N N-debenzoyl-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-10-deacetyltaxol Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H]2[C@@](C([C@H](O)C3=C(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=4C=CC=CC=4)C[C@]1(O)C3(C)C)=O)(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYRVNWMVYQXFEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nocodazole Chemical compound C1=C2NC(NC(=O)OC)=NC2=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CS1 KYRVNWMVYQXFEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- CVNMWLQPUUKXNT-UHFFFAOYSA-M O.O.O.O.O.O.O.[Cl-].[K+] Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O.O.[Cl-].[K+] CVNMWLQPUUKXNT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010030113 Oedema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orn-delta-NH2 Chemical class NCCCC(N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ornithine Chemical class OC(=O)C(C)CCCN UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-L Phosphate ion(2-) Chemical class OP([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 206010063837 Reperfusion injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OWPCHSCAPHNHAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Rhizoxin Natural products C1C(O)C2(C)OC2C=CC(C)C(OC(=O)C2)CC2CC2OC2C(=O)OC1C(C)C(OC)C(C)=CC=CC(C)=CC1=COC(C)=N1 OWPCHSCAPHNHAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IWUCXVSUMQZMFG-AFCXAGJDSA-N Ribavirin Chemical compound N1=C(C(=O)N)N=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 IWUCXVSUMQZMFG-AFCXAGJDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N Riboflavin Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UZMAPBJVXOGOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Syringetin Natural products COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(C2=C(C(=O)C3=C(O)C=C(O)C=C3O2)O)=C1 UZMAPBJVXOGOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBWWGRHZICKQGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Taurocholic acid Natural products OC1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(=O)NCCS(O)(=O)=O)C)C1(C)C(O)C2 WBWWGRHZICKQGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZRWCGZRTZMZEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiamine Natural products CC1=C(CCO)SC=[N+]1CC1=CN=C(C)N=C1N JZRWCGZRTZMZEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000008050 Total Bilirubin Reagent Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000003929 Transaminases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000340 Transaminases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007997 Tricine buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004243 Tubulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000704 Tubulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N Vinblastine Natural products O=C(O[C@H]1[C@](O)(C(=O)OC)[C@@H]2N(C)c3c(cc(c(OC)c3)[C@]3(C(=O)OC)c4[nH]c5c(c4CCN4C[C@](O)(CC)C[C@H](C3)C4)cccc5)[C@@]32[C@H]2[C@@]1(CC)C=CCN2CC3)C JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQKSHSFQQRCAFW-CCVNJFHASA-N [(2s)-1-[(2s)-2-benzyl-3-methoxy-5-oxo-2h-pyrrol-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl] (2s)-1-[(2s)-1-[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-(dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]-methylamino]-3-methylbutanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxyl Chemical compound C([C@@H]1N(C(=O)C=C1OC)C(=O)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C)C(C)C)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 LQKSHSFQQRCAFW-CCVNJFHASA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJLXINKUBYWONI-DQQFMEOOSA-N [[(2r,3r,4r,5r)-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-3-hydroxy-4-phosphonooxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] [(2s,3r,4s,5s)-5-(3-carbamoylpyridin-1-ium-1-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methyl phosphate Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=C[N+]([C@@H]2[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O3)N3C4=NC=NC(N)=C4N=C3)O)O2)O)=C1 XJLXINKUBYWONI-DQQFMEOOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003187 abdominal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 1
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N actinomycin D Chemical compound C[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)[C@@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)N[C@@H]4C(=O)N[C@@H](C(N5CCC[C@H]5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)O[C@@H]4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003838 adenosines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940009456 adriamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004504 adult stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001323 aldoses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-STGXQOJASA-N alpha-D-lyxopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1CO[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-STGXQOJASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012080 ambient air Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002684 aminocaproic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003484 anatomy Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004037 angiogenesis inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121369 angiogenesis inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001093 anti-cancer Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-WDCZJNDASA-N arabinose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-WDCZJNDASA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001174 ascending effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanide;cyclobutane-1,1-dicarboxylic acid;platinum(2+) Chemical compound [NH2-].[NH2-].[Pt+2].OC(=O)C1(C(O)=O)CCC1 VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007998 bicine buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003445 biliary tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005842 biochemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000560 biocompatible material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- OWMVSZAMULFTJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis-tris Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)C(CO)(CO)CO OWMVSZAMULFTJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HHKZCCWKTZRCCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis-tris propane Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)NCCCNC(CO)(CO)CO HHKZCCWKTZRCCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001561 bleomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O bleomycin A2 Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCC[S+](C)C)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 230000036765 blood level Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009534 blood test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009529 body temperature measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002798 bone marrow cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002713 calcium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- LLSDKQJKOVVTOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium chloride dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.[Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] LLSDKQJKOVVTOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940052299 calcium chloride dihydrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910001424 calcium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012830 cancer therapeutic Substances 0.000 description 1
- UBAZGMLMVVQSCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon dioxide;molecular oxygen Chemical compound O=O.O=C=O UBAZGMLMVVQSCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004917 carbon fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004562 carboplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000005779 cell damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037887 cell injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000010267 cellular communication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000038 chest Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940059329 chondroitin sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CCGSUNCLSOWKJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N cimetidine Chemical compound N#CNC(=N/C)\NCCSCC1=NC=N[C]1C CCGSUNCLSOWKJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001380 cimetidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003405 ciprofloxacin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-IMJSIDKUSA-N cis-4-Hydroxy-L-proline Chemical compound O[C@@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001338 colchicine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000009508 confectionery Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002872 contrast media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002607 contrast-enhanced ultrasound Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- PYRZPBDTPRQYKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CCCC1 PYRZPBDTPRQYKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000640 dactinomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013480 data collection Methods 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N daunorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(C)=O)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000975 daunorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000779 depleting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001784 detoxification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004683 dihydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KCFYHBSOLOXZIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydrochrysin Natural products COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(C2OC3=CC(O)=CC(O)=C3C(=O)C2)=C1 KCFYHBSOLOXZIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000010339 dilation Effects 0.000 description 1
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019800 disodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GEKBIENFFVFKRG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;2,3-dihydroxypropyl phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OCC(O)COP([O-])([O-])=O GEKBIENFFVFKRG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003668 docetaxel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010045552 dolastatin 15 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002961 echo contrast media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940021013 electrolyte solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008151 electrolyte solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001493 electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008753 endothelial function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N epipodophyllotoxin Natural products COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC(C2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3C(O)C3C2C(OC3)=O)=C1 YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001123 epoprostenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930013356 epothilone Natural products 0.000 description 1
- HESCAJZNRMSMJG-KKQRBIROSA-N epothilone A Chemical class C/C([C@@H]1C[C@@H]2O[C@@H]2CCC[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@@H](C)C(=O)C(C)(C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O1)O)C)=C\C1=CSC(C)=N1 HESCAJZNRMSMJG-KKQRBIROSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CCS(O)(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YUPQOCKHBKYZMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylaminomethanetriol Chemical compound CCNC(O)(O)O YUPQOCKHBKYZMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N etoposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@H](C)OC[C@H]4O3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005420 etoposide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002603 extrahepatic bile duct Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940012952 fibrinogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000304 folic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019152 folic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011724 folic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012458 free base Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- VZCCETWTMQHEPK-QNEBEIHSSA-N gamma-linolenic acid Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC(O)=O VZCCETWTMQHEPK-QNEBEIHSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000030279 gene silencing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007614 genetic variation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940050410 gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009931 harmful effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000004 hemodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008588 hemolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002554 heparinoid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940025770 heparinoids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002989 hepatic vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002402 hexoses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012841 histidine-tryptophan-ketoglutarate (HTK) solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008102 immune modulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003832 immune regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125721 immunosuppressive agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940034850 infuvite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000367 inositol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N inositol Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000297 inotrophic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002665 ion therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002608 ionic liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002584 ketoses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001375 lactose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003646 lysine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002934 lysing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001425 magnesium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000007257 malfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002483 medication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037323 metabolic rate Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000020938 metabolic status Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004584 methylprednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940086322 navelbine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940101270 nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (nad) Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950006344 nocodazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000004768 organ dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- AHLBNYSZXLDEJQ-FWEHEUNISA-N orlistat Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC=O)C[C@@H]1OC(=O)[C@H]1CCCCCC AHLBNYSZXLDEJQ-FWEHEUNISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001243 orlistat Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013021 overheating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001756 oxaliplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DWAFYCQODLXJNR-BNTLRKBRSA-L oxaliplatin Chemical compound O1C(=O)C(=O)O[Pt]11N[C@@H]2CCCC[C@H]2N1 DWAFYCQODLXJNR-BNTLRKBRSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000144985 peep Species 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYMDGNCVAMGZFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylbutazonum Chemical compound O=C1C(CCCC)C(=O)N(C=2C=CC=CC=2)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 VYMDGNCVAMGZFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-XVVDYKMHSA-N podophyllotoxin Chemical compound COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@H](O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-XVVDYKMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001237 podophyllotoxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YVCVYCSAAZQOJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N podophyllotoxin Natural products COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(C2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3C(O)C3C2C(OC3)=O)=C1 YVCVYCSAAZQOJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920006264 polyurethane film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002600 positron emission tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000160 potassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008057 potassium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011009 potassium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KAQKFAOMNZTLHT-OZUDYXHBSA-N prostaglandin I2 Chemical group O1\C(=C/CCCC(O)=O)C[C@@H]2[C@@H](/C=C/[C@@H](O)CCCCC)[C@H](O)C[C@@H]21 KAQKFAOMNZTLHT-OZUDYXHBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010926 purge Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N rapamycin Natural products COCC(O)C(=C/C(C)C(=O)CC(OC(=O)C1CCCCN1C(=O)C(=O)C2(O)OC(CC(OC)C(=CC=CC=CC(C)CC(C)C(=O)C)C)CCC2C)C(C)CC3CCC(O)C(C3)OC)C ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013102 re-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017162 regulation of protein metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004648 relaxation of smooth muscle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- OWPCHSCAPHNHAV-LMONGJCWSA-N rhizoxin Chemical compound C/C([C@H](OC)[C@@H](C)[C@@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@]2(C)O[C@@H]2/C=C/[C@@H](C)[C@]2([H])OC(=O)C[C@@](C2)(C[C@@H]2O[C@H]2C(=O)O1)[H])=C\C=C\C(\C)=C\C1=COC(C)=N1 OWPCHSCAPHNHAV-LMONGJCWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000329 ribavirin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HZCAHMRRMINHDJ-DBRKOABJSA-N ribavirin Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1N=CN=C1 HZCAHMRRMINHDJ-DBRKOABJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004586 rosiglitazone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N scyllo-inosotol Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003566 sealing material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150077476 serinc gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- JTZZSQYMACOLNN-VDWJNHBNSA-N simeprevir Chemical compound O=C([C@@]12C[C@H]1\C=C/CCCCN(C)C(=O)[C@H]1[C@H](C(N2)=O)C[C@H](C1)OC=1C2=CC=C(C(=C2N=C(C=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(C)C)C)OC)NS(=O)(=O)C1CC1 JTZZSQYMACOLNN-VDWJNHBNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002091 simeprevir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002930 sirolimus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N sirolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@](O)(O2)[C@H](C)CC[C@H]2C[C@H](OC)/C(C)=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](O)/C(C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1 QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000000329 smooth muscle myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- YCLWMUYXEGEIGD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2-hydroxy-3-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]propane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].OCCN1CCN(CC(O)CS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 YCLWMUYXEGEIGD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009168 stem cell therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009580 stem-cell therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- BBNRSHIAFWOPAK-UHFFFAOYSA-L steroid d Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].O1C2CC3C4CCC5CC(OS([O-])(=O)=O)C(OS([O-])(=O)=O)CC5(C)C4CCC3(C)C2C2(C)OC1(CCC)OC2CC1(C(C)C)CC1C BBNRSHIAFWOPAK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003080 taurine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WBWWGRHZICKQGZ-GIHLXUJPSA-N taurocholic acid Chemical compound C([C@@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCCS(O)(=O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@H](O)C1 WBWWGRHZICKQGZ-GIHLXUJPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BBAWEDCPNXPBQM-GDEBMMAJSA-N telaprevir Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N1C[C@@H]2CCC[C@@H]2[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC)C(=O)C(=O)NC1CC1)C(C)(C)C)C1CCCCC1)C(=O)C1=CN=CC=N1 BBAWEDCPNXPBQM-GDEBMMAJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002935 telaprevir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010017101 telaprevir Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000003538 tetroses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019157 thiamine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003495 thiamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011721 thiamine Substances 0.000 description 1
- KYMBYSLLVAOCFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiamine Chemical compound CC1=C(CCO)SCN1CC1=CN=C(C)N=C1N KYMBYSLLVAOCFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002363 thiamine pyrophosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000008170 thiamine pyrophosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011678 thiamine pyrophosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003104 tissue culture media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000451 tissue damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000827 tissue damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-L-hydroxy-proline Natural products ON1CCCC1C(O)=O FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930185603 trichostatin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYFITIVXBLE-QEQCGCAPSA-N trichostatin A Chemical compound ONC(=O)/C=C/C(/C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 RTKIYFITIVXBLE-QEQCGCAPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003641 trioses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002264 triphosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])O* 0.000 description 1
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K tripotassium phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UZVSRGJWSA-N ursodeoxycholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)CC1 RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UZVSRGJWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001661 ursodiol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004295 valine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006442 vascular tone Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000024883 vasodilation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003048 vinblastine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincaleukoblastine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(=O)OC)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1NC1=CC=CC=C21 JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CILBMBUYJCWATM-PYGJLNRPSA-N vinorelbine ditartrate Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O.OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O.C1N(CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=22)CC(CC)=C[C@H]1C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C1=CC([C@]23[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]4(CC)C=CCN([C@H]34)CC2)(O)C(=O)OC)N2C)=C2C=C1OC CILBMBUYJCWATM-PYGJLNRPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011179 visual inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 description 1
- RPQZTTQVRYEKCR-WCTZXXKLSA-N zebularine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)N=CC=C1 RPQZTTQVRYEKCR-WCTZXXKLSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A01N1/02—
-
- A01N1/0247—
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M1/00—Apparatus for enzymology or microbiology
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M21/00—Bioreactors or fermenters specially adapted for specific uses
- C12M21/08—Bioreactors or fermenters specially adapted for specific uses for producing artificial tissue or for ex-vivo cultivation of tissue
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M29/00—Means for introduction, extraction or recirculation of materials, e.g. pumps
- C12M29/10—Perfusion
Abstract
perfusion circuit including: a pump for providing a pulsatile fluid flow of a perfusion fluid; a gas exchanger; a divider configured to divide the perfusion fluid into a first branch and a second branch, wherein the first branch comprises a hepatic artery interface and is configured to provide a first portion of the perfusion fluid to a hepatic artery of the liver, wherein the second branch comprises a portal vein interface and is configured to provide a second portion of the perfusion fluid to a portal vein of the liver; the second branch comprising a clamp configured to control flow rate of the perfusion fluid; the second branch comprising a compliance chamber configured to reduce a pulsatile flow characteristic of the perfusion fluid; a drain to receive the perfusion fluid from an inferior vena cava of the liver; and a reservoir to receive the perfusion fluid from the drain. This extends the time during which an organ can be preserved in a healthy state ex-vivio. irst portion of the perfusion fluid to a hepatic artery of the liver, wherein the second branch comprises a portal vein interface and is configured to provide a second portion of the perfusion fluid to a portal vein of the liver; the second branch comprising a clamp configured to control flow rate of the perfusion fluid; the second branch comprising a compliance chamber configured to reduce a pulsatile flow characteristic of the perfusion fluid; a drain to receive the perfusion fluid from an inferior vena cava of the liver; and a reservoir to receive the perfusion fluid from the drain. This extends the time during which an organ can be preserved in a healthy state ex-vivio.
Description
EX VlVO ORGAN CARE SYSTEM
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 1 19(0), of provisional
application U.S. Serial No. 62/006,871, filed June 2, 2014, ed, “EX VIVO
ORGAN CARE SYSTEM”, and US. Serial No. 62/006,878. filed June 2, 2014,
entitled, “EX VIVO ORGAN CARE SYSTEM”, the entire subjects of which are
incorporated herein by reference.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The invention lly relates to s, methods, and devices for ex vivo
organ care. More particularly, in various embodiments, the invention relates to caring
for an organ ex vivo at physiologic or hysiologic conditions.
OUND
Current organ preservation techniques typically involve hypothermic storage
of the organ packed in ice along with a chemical perfusate solution. In the case of a
liver transplant, tissue damage resulting from ischcmia can occur when hypothermic
ques are used to ve the liver ex vivo. The severity of these injuries can
increase as a on of the length of time the organ is maintained o. For
example, continuing the liver example, typically it may be maintained ex-vivo for
about seven hours before it becomes unusable for transplantation. This relatively
brief time period limits the number of recipients who can be reached from a given
donor site, thereby restricting the recipient pool for a harvested liver. Even within this
time limit, the liver may nevertheless be significantly damaged. A significant issue is
that there may not be any visible indication of the damage. Because of this, less-than-
optimal organs may be transplanted, resulting in post-transplant organ dysfunction or
other injuries. Thus, it is desirable to develop techniques that can extend the time
during which an organ such a liver can be preserved in a healthy state ex-vivo and
enable assessment capabilities. Such techniques would reduce the risk of
lantation failure and enlarge potential donor and recipient pools.
SUMMARY
The below summary is exemplary only, and not limiting. Other embodiments
of the disclosed subject matter are possible.
In one aspect, the present sure provides a perfusion circuit for perfusing
a liver ex-vivo, the perfusion circuit comprising:
a pump for providing a pulsatile fluid flow of a perfusion fluid h the
perfusion circuit;
a gas exchanger;
a divider in fluid communication with the pump, the divider configured to
divide the perfusion fluid into a first branch and a second branch,
n the first branch comprises a hepatic artery interface,
n the first branch is ured to e, via the hepatic artery
interface, a first portion of the perfusion fluid to a hepatic artery
of the liver at a pressure between 25-150 mmHg and a flow rate
between 0.25-1 L/min,
wherein the first branch is in fluid pressure communication with the
pump,
wherein the second branch comprises a portal vein interface,
wherein the second branch is ured to provide, via the portal vein
interface, a second portion of the perfusion fluid to a portal vein
of the liver at a pressure between 1-25 mmHg and a flow rate
between 0.75-2 L/min;
the second branch further comprising a clamp between the divider and
the portal vein interface, the clamp configured to selectively
control the flow rate of the perfusion fluid to the portal vein;
the second branch further comprising a compliance chamber
configured to reduce a pulsatile flow characteristic of the
perfusion fluid from the pump to the portal vein,
wherein the pump is configured to e the pulsatile fluid flow of the
perfusion fluid through the first branch and through the second branch;
a drain configured to receive the perfusion fluid from an inferior vena cava of
the liver; and
a reservoir positioned n the drain and the pump, the reservoir
configured to receive the perfusion fluid from the drain and store a volume of the
perfusion fluid.
Embodiments of the disclosed subject matter can provide techniques relating
to portable ex vivo organ care, such as ex vivo liver organ care. In some
embodiments, the liver care system can maintain the liver at, or near, normal
physiological conditions. To this end, the system can circulate an oxygenated,
nutrient enriched perfusion fluid to the liver at or near logical temperature,
pressure, and flow rate. In some ments, the system s a blood productbased
perfusion fluid to more accurately mimic normal physiologic conditions. In
other embodiments, the system uses a synthetic blood substitute solution, while in still
other embodiments, the on can contain a blood product in combination with a
blood substitute product.
Some embodiments of the disclosed subject matter relate to a method for using
lactate and liver enzyme measurements to evaluate the: i) l perfusion status of
an isolated liver, ii) metabolic status of an isolated liver, and/or iii) the overall
vascular patency of an isolated donor liver. This aspect of the disclosed subject
matter is based on the y of liver cells to produce/generate lactate when they are
starved for oxygen and metabolize/utilize lactate for energy production when they are
well ed with oxygen.
Some embodiments of the organ care system can include a module that has a
chassis, and an organ chamber assembly that is mounted to the chassis and is adapted
to n a liver during perfusion. The organ care system can include a fluid conduit
with a first interface for connecting to an hepatic artery of the liver, a second ace
for connecting to the portal vein, a third interface for connecting to the inferior vena
cava and a fourth interface to connect to the bile duct. The organ care system can
include a lactate sensor for sensing lactate in the fluid being provided to and/or
flowing from the liver. The organ care system can also include sensors for measuring
the pressures and flows of the hepatic artery, portal vein, and/or inferior vena cava.
Some ments can relate to a method of determining liver perfusion
status. For example, a method for evaluating liver perfusion status can include the
steps of placing a liver in a protective chamber of an organ care system, pumping a
perfusion fluid into the liver, providing a flow of the perfusion fluid away from the
liver, measuring the lactate value of the fluid g away from the liver, measuring
followed by page 3
PCT/U52015/033839
the amount of bile produced by the liver, and evaluating the status of the liver using
the measured lactate values, oxygen saturation level, and/or the quantity and quality
of bile ed.
Some embodiments can relate to a method for ing a physiologic rate of
flow and a physiologic pressure for both the hepatic artery and for the portal vein. In
some embodiments the flow is sourced by a single pump. In particular, the system can
include a mechanism for the user to manually divide a single source of perfusatc to
the c artery and portal vein, and to adjust the division for physiologic flow rates
and pressures. In other embodiments the system automatically divides the single
IO source of perfusate flow to the hepatic artery and portal vein to result in physiologic
pressures and rates of flow using, for example, an automatic control algorithm.
Some embodiments of the organ care system can include a nutritional
subsystem that infuses the perfusion fluid with a supply of maintenance solutions as
the perfusion fluid flows through the system, and in some embodiments, while it is in
the reservoir. ing to one feature, the maintenance solutions include nts.
According to another feature, the maintenance solutions include a supply of
therapeutics and/or additives to support extended preservation (c.g., vasodilators,
heparin. bile salts, etc.) for ng ischemia and/or other reperfusion related injuries
to the liver.
In some embodiments. the perfusion fluid includes blood d from the
donor through a process of exsanguination during harvesting of the liver. Initially, the
blood from the donor is loaded into the reservoir and the cannulation locations in the
organ chamber ly are bypassed with a bypass conduit to enable normal mode
flow of perfusion fluid through the system without a liver being present, aka “priming
tube”. Prior to cannulating the harvested liver, the system can be primed by
circulating the exsanguinatcd donor blood through the system to warm, oxygenate
and/or filter it. nts, preservatives, and/or other therapeutics may also be
provided during priming via the infusion pump of the ional subsystem. During
priming, s parameters may also be initialized and calibrated via the operator
interface. Once primed and running appropriately, the pump flow can be reduced or
cycled off, the bypass conduit can be removed from the organ chamber assembly, and
the liver can be cannulated into the organ chamber ly. The pump flow can be
restored or increased, as the case may be.
PCT/U52015/033839
In some embodiments, the system can e a plurality of compliance
chambers. The compliance chambers are ively small inline fluid accumulators
with flexible, resilient walls for simulating the human body's vascular compliance. As
such, they can aid the system in more accurately mimicking blood flow in the human
body, for e, by filtering/reducing fluid pressure spikes due, for example, to
flow rate changes. In one configuration, compliance chambers are located in the
perfusate path to the portal vein and on the output of the perfusion fluid pump.
According to one embodiment, a compliance chamber is located next to a clamp used
for regulating pressure to effect physiologic hepatic artery and portal vein flows.
IO In some embodiments, the organ chamber assembly includes a pad or a sac
assembly sized and shaped for interfitting within a bottom of the housing. Preferably,
the pad ly includes a pad formed from a al resilient enough to cushion
the organ from mechanical vibrations and shocks during transport. In the case of the
organ chamber assembly being configured to receive a liver, according to one feature,
the pad of the invention includes a mechanism to conform the pad to differently sized
and shaped livers so as to constrain them from the effects of shock and vibration
encountered during transport.
Some embodiments of the organ care system are divided into a multiple use
module and a single use module. The single use module can be sized and shaped for
ocking with the le chassis of the multiple use module for electrical,
mechanical, gas and fluid interoperation with the multiple use module. According to
one ment, the multiple and single use modules can icate with each
other via an optical interface, which comes into optical alignment automatically upon
the single use disposable module being installed into the portable multiple use
module. According to another feature, the portable multiple use module can provide
power to the single use disposable module via spring loaded connections, which also
automatically connect upon the single use disposable module being installed into the
portable le use module. According to one feature, the optical interface and
spring loaded connections can ensure that connection between the single and multiple
modules is not lost due to ng, for example, during transport over rough terrain.
In some embodiments, the disposable single-use module includes a plurality of
ports for sampling fluids from the ate paths. The ports can be interlocked such
that sampling fluid from a first ofthe ity of ports prohibits simultaneously
PCT/U52015/033839
sampling fluids from a second port of the plurality. This safety feature reduces the
likelihood of mixing fluid samples and inadvertently opening the ports. In one
embodiment, the single use module includes ports for sampling from one or more of
the hepatic artery, portal vein, and/or IVC interfaces.
Some embodiments of the disclosed subject matter are directed at a method of
ing therapy to a liver. Exemplary s can e placing a liver in a
protective chamber of a portable organ care system, pumping a perfusion fluid into
the liver via a hepatic artery and portal vein, providing a flow of the perfusion fluid
away from the liver via the vena cava, operating a flow control to alter a flow of the
ion fluid such that the perfusion fluid is pumped into the liver via a hepatic
artery and portal vein and flows away from the liver via a vena cava, and
administering a therapeutic treatment to the liver. The treatments can e, for
example, administering one or more of immunosuppressive treatment, chemotherapy,
gene therapy and irradiation therapy to the liver. Other treatments may e
surgical applications including split lant and cancer resection.
In some embodiments, the sed subject matter can include a perfusion
circuit for perfusing a liver ex-vivo, the perfusion circuit including a single pump for
providing pulsatile fluid flow of a perfusion fluid through the circuit; a gas exchanger;
a r configured to divide the perfusion fluid flow into a first branch and a second
branch; wherein the first branch is red to provide a first portion of the
perfusion fluid to a hepatic artery of the liver at a high pressure and low flow rate,
wherein the first branch is in fluid pressure communication with the pump; wherein
the second branch is configured to provide the remainder of the perfusion fluid to a
portal vein of the liver at a relatively low pressure and high flow rate, wherein the
second branch is in fluid pressure communication with the pump; the second branch
further comprising a clamp located between the divider and the liver for selectively
controlling the flow of perfusion fluid to the portal vein; the second branch further
comprising a compliance chamber between the r and the liver configured to
reduce the pulsatile flow teristics of the perfusion fluid from the pump to the
portal vein; wherein the pump is configured to communicate fluid pressure through
the first and second branches to the liver; a drain configured to receive perfusion fluid
from an uncannulated inferior vena cava of the liver; and a reservoir positioned
entirely below the liver and located between drain and the pump, configured to
PCT/USZOIS/O33839
receive the perfusion fluid from the drain and store a volume of fluid. Other
embodiments are possible.
In some embodiments, the disclosed subject matter can e a on
pump including a stepper motor in communication with a threaded rod; a carriage that
is connected to the rod and configured to move along a linear axis as the rod rotates,
the ge being configured to compress a plunger of a syringe when moved in a
first direction and being configured to retract the plunger of the syringe when moved
in a second direction; a clamp configured to connect to the plunger; a tion
assembly including a port red to couple to a tip of the syringe; a first one way
valve configured to allow fluid to flow into the syringe through the port as the syringe
is retracted; a second one way valve configured to allow fluid to flow away from the
e through the port as the syringe is ssed; a pressure sensor coupled to the
connection assembly for determining a pressure of the fluid within the connection
assembly; a controller configured to control ion of the stepper motor; and a
sensor configured to determine when the syringe is fully ted. Other
embodiments are possible.
In some embodiments, the disclosed subject matter can include a method
including rotating a rod to cause a carriage connected to the rod to move along a
linear axis of the rod, compressing a plunger of a syringe as the carriage moves in a
first direction along the linear axis, delivering fluid from the syringe into a port ofa
connection assembly and through a first one-way valve as the plunger is compressed,
retracting a plunger of a syringe as the carriage moves in a second direction along the
linear axis, ring fluid to the syringe through a second one—way valve, and
through the port of the connection assembly as the plunger is retracted, sensing a
re of fluid in the connection ly, and g a location of the plunger
when the syringe is retracted. Other embodiments are possible.
In some embodiments, the disclosed subject matter can include an ex-vivo
perfusion liquid for machine perfusion of donor livers comprising an energy-rich
ent, a bile salt, an electrolyte, and a buffering component. The liquid can
include a blood product. The energy-rich component can be one or more compounds
selected from the group consisting of a carbohydrate, pyruvate, flavin adenine
dinucleotide (FAD), B—nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD), B-nicotinamide
adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NADPH), a phosphate derivative of nucleoside, a
PCT/USZOIS/033839
eocnzyme. and metabolite and precursor thereof. The liquid r includes one or
more components selected from the group consisting of an anti-clotting agent, a lipid,
cholesterol, a fatty acid, oxygen, an amino acid, a hormone, a Vitamin, and a d.
The perfusion solution is essentially free of carbon e. Other embodiments are
possible.
These and other embodiments of the disclosed subject matter will be more
fully understood after a review of the following figures, and detailed description.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
The following drawings are intended show non-limiting examples ofthe
disclosed subject matter. Other ments are possible.
is an exemplary diagram ofa liver.
is a raph of an exemplary single use module.
FIGS. 3A-3l show various views of an exemplary organ care system and
components thereof.
shows an exemplary system that can be used within an embodiment of
the organ care system.
shows an exemplary system that can be used within an embodiment of
the organ care .
FIGS. 6A-6E show an exemplary pump configuration that can be used within
an embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. 7A-7Q show an exemplary solution infusion pump that can be used
within an ment of the organ care system.
shows an exemplary system that can be used within an embodiment of
the organ care system.
shows an exemplary system that can be used within an embodiment of
the organ care system.
shows an exemplary system that can be used within an embodiment of
the organ care system.
1 shows an exemplary system that can be used within an embodiment of
the organ care system.
FIGS. 12A-12G show exemplary graphical user interfaces that can be used
within an embodiment of the organ care system.
WO 87737 PCT/USZOIS/033839
H shows an exemplary system that can be used within an ment
of the organ care system.
FIGS. l3A-13R show exemplary embodiments of a single use module and
components thereof that can be used in an ment of the organ care system.
FIGS. l4A-14S show exemplary embodiments of an organ chamber and
components thereof that can be used in an embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. ISA-15D show an exemplary embodiment of a support structure that
can be used in an embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. I6A-16J show an exemplary pad and components thereof and a flexible
IO material support e that can be used in embodiments of the organ care system.
shows an exemplary system that can be used within an embodiment of
the organ care system.
FIG. G show an exemplary heater assembly and components thereof
that can be used within an embodiment of the organ care system.
FIG. l9A-I9C show an exemplary sensor system that can be used within an
embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. 20A-20C show an exemplary system that can be used within an
embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. 21A-21K show exemplary hepatic artery cannulas that can be used
within an embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. 22A-22G show exemplary portal vein cannulas that can be used within
an ment of the organ care system.
FIGS. 23A-23N show an ary connector that can be used within an
embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. 24A—24L show an exemplary connector that can be used within an
embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. 25A-24D show exemplary clamps that can be used within an
embodiment of the organ care system.
FIGS. 26-27 show exemplary ses that can be used in embodiments of an
organ care system.
shows exemplary test results from an embodiment of an organ care
system.
PCT/U52015/033839
FIGS. 29 shows an exemplary process that can be used in embodiments of an
organ care system.
shows ary systems that can be used within an embodiment of
the organ care system.
shows the hepatic artery flow (I-IAF) trend throughout the course of 8
hours preservation on OCS.
shows the portal vein flow (PVF) trend hout the course of 8
hours preservation on OCS.
shows a graphical depiction of hepatic artery pressure versus portal
vein re throughout the 8 hour OCS-liver perfusion.
is a graphical depiction of arterial lactate levels over the 8 hour OCS
liver perfusion.
is a graphical depiction of total bile production over the 8 hour OCS
liver perfusion.
is a graphical depiction of AST level over the 8 hour OCS liver
perfusion.
is a cal depiction of ACT level over the 8 hour OCS liver
perfusion.
is a graphical depiction of oncotic pressure throughout the course of 8
hours preservation on OCS.
is a graphical depiction ofbicarb levels over the 8 hour OCS liver
perfusion.
is a depiction of the detected pH levels throughout the course of 8
hours preservation on OCS.
shows images of tissues taken from samples in Phase I, Group A.
depicts Hepatic Artery Flow of a 12hr 0CS Liver Perfusion.
depicts Portal Vein Flow of a12hr OCS Liver ion.
depicts Hepatic Artery re vs. Portal Vein Pressure in a 12hr
OCS-Liver Perfusion.
depicts Arterial e in a 12hr OCS-Liver Perfusion.
depicts Bile tion in a 12hr OCS-Liver Perfusion.
depicts AST Level of a 12hr OCS-Liver Perfusion.
depicts ACT Levels in a 12hr OCS-Liver Perfusion.
PCT/U52015/033839
depicts Hepatic Artery Flow on a simulated transplant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm.
depicts Portal Vein Flow on a simulated transplant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm.
depicts c Artery Pressure vs. Portal Vein Pressure in a
simulated transplant OCS-Liver preservation arm vs. a ted transplant control
cold preservation arm.
depicts Arterial Lactate on a simulated transplant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated lant control cold preservation arm.
depicts bile production of a simulated transplant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated lant control cold preservation arm.
depicts a AST Level of simulated transplant OCS-Liver preservation
arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm.
depicts ACT Levels of a ted transplant OCS-Liver vation
arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm.
depicts oneotic pressure of a simulated transplant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a ted transplant control cold preservation arm.
depicts the Bicarb Level of a simulated transplant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a ted transplant control cold preservation arm.
depicts pH Levels of a simulated transplant OCS-Liver preservation
arm vs. a simulated lant control cold preservation arm.
shows the histological examination of Parenchymal tissue and Bile
duct tissue.
shows the histological examination of Parenchymal tissue and Bile
duct tissue.
is a diagram rating locations ofsamplcs from a liver ofa pig.
illustrates the Hepatic Artery Pressure (HAP) trend over the course of
24 hours perfusion on the OCS.
illustrates the Portal Vein re in an OCS-Liver vation arm
vs the control Cold preservation arm.
illustrates a Hepatic Artery Flow in a OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs.
control Cold preservation arm.
PCT/U52015/033839
illustrates a Portal Vein Flow in an ver Preservation arm vs.
l Cold preservation arm.
depicts al Lactate in an OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. a
control Cold preservation arm.
illustrates an AST Levcl OCS—Liver Preservation arm vs. control Cold
Preservation arm.
FIG 68 rates an ALT chcl OCS-Livcr Preservation arm vs. control Cold
preservation arm.
depicts a GGT Level of an OCS—Liver Preservation arm vs. control
Cold preservation arm.
depicts a PH level of an ver Preservation arm vs. a control
Cold vation arm.
depicts a HCO3 level in an OCS—Livcr Preservation arm vs. a Control
Cold preservation arm.
depicts a bile production OCS-Livcr Preservation arm vs. control Cold
preservation arm. demonstrates that both arms maintained bile production
rate of>10ml/hr. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
While the following description uses section headings, these are included only
as a convenience to the reader. The section headings are not intended to be limiting
or impose any restriction on the subject matter herein. For example, components
described in one section of the description can be included in other ns
additionally or alternatively. The embodiments sed herein are exemplary only
and it is within the scope of the present disclosure that the disclosed embodiments and
various features may be interchanged with one another.
I. Introduction
A. General Summary
Embodiments of the disclosed subject matter can provide techniques for
maintaining a liver ex vivo, such as during a transplant ure. The system can
maintain a liver in conditions mimicking the human body. For example, the system
can supply a blood substitute to an ex vivo liver in a manner that simulates the blood
flow provided by the body. More specifically, the system can provide a flow of blood
substitute to a c artery and portal vein of a liver having flow and pressure
2015/033839
teristics similar to the human body. In some embodiments, the desired flows
can be achieved using a pumping system that employs a single pump. The system can
also warm the blood substitute to a normothermic ature that simulates the
human body and can e nutrients to the blood substitute to maintain the liver and
to promote the normal generation of bile by the liver. By performing these
ques, the length of time that a liver can be maintained outside the body can be
extended, thereby making the geographical distance between donors and recipients
less important than it previously was. Also, some of the embodiments sed
herein that are used to maintain the liver ex vivo can also be used to assess the
condition of the liver pro-transplant. In some embodiments, the techniques described
herein can also be used to treat an injured and/or diseased liver ex vivo using
treatments that would otherwise be harmful to the body if performed in vivo. Other
embodiments are within the scope of the disclosed subject matter.
While the disclosure herein focuses on ments that are intended to
maintain or treat a liver, the disclosure is not limited as such. For example,
techniques described herein can also be used, or can be adapted for use with other
organs such as lungs, a heart, intestines, a pancreas, a kidney, a spleen, a bladder, a
gallbladder, a stomach, skin, and a brain.
[1. Liver compared with other organs
While the liver is one of many organs in the human body, the liver can present
nges during ex vivo maintenance and transport that do not exist with other
organs such as the heart and lungs. Some exemplary ences and considerations
are described next.
A. Liver uses two perfusate inflow supplies
lmportantly, the liver uses two unique input paths for perfusate as compared
with only one for other organs. Hepatic circulation is unique as featured by its dual
vascular blood , each having different flow characteristics. Referring to FIG 1,
which is an exemplary conceptual drawing of a liver 100, the liver uses two blood
supplies, the portal vein 10 and the hepatic artery 12. In particular, the hepatic artery
delivers blood to the liver having high pressure, pulsatile flow, but of relatively low
flow rate. Hepatic blood flow typically accounts for about one—third of the total liver
blood flow. The portal vein delivers blood to the liver having a low pressure and
PCT/U52015/033839
l pulsatility at a higher flow rate. Portal vein flow typically accounts for about
two-thirds of the total blood flow to the liver.
The dual blood supply expected by the liver can present challenges when one
tries to ially supply physiologic blood flow thereto when the organ is in an ex
vivo system. While the challenges can be difficult when using a dual—pump design,
they can be intensified when using a single-pump design. Some embodiments of the
subject matter disclosed herein can address these challenges.
B. Assisted drainage of blood
In vivo, the liver is positioned beneath the diaphragm. Due to this positioning,
liver blood flow and venous drainage via the inferior vena cava 14 is typically
enhanced by diaphragmatic contraction as a result of pressure exerted on the liver.
When the diaphragm moves in tandem with the lungs as air is drawn in and expelled
by the lungs, the movement of the diaphragm can act on the liver by ng pressure
to the organ, thereby pushing blood out of the tissue. It is desirable to mimic this
phenomenon in an ex-vivo liver to help age blood flow out of the liver and
prevent blood buildup in the organ.
C. Oncotic pressure
To minimize edema formation in an ex vivo liver, the perfusate should have
high oncotic re, for example, dextran, 25% albumin, and/or fresh frozen
plasma. In some embodiments, oncotic pressure of the circulating perfusate is
maintained between 5 ~— 35 mmHg, and more specifically between 15 — 25 mmHg.
Non-limiting examples of le oneotic pressures are 15, l6, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22.
23, 24, and 25 mmHg, or any ranges bounded by the values noted here.
D. Metabolism and C02 levels
The liver is a metabolic hub in the body and is in a constant state of
lism. Most compounds absorbed by the ine first pass through the liver,
which is thus able to regulate the level of many metabolites in the blood. For
example, the conversion of sugars into fat and other energy stores (e.g.,
eogenesis and glycolysis) results in production of C02. The liver consumes
about 20% of the total body oxygen. As a result, the liver produces higher levels of
PCT/U52015/033839
C02 than most other organs. In vivo, the organ is able to self-regulate to remove
excess carbon dioxide from the organ. However, for an ex-vivo organ, it can be
desirable to remove excess carbon dioxide from the organ to maintain physiologic
levels of oxygen and carbon dioxide and thus pH. The system described in this
application can facilitate establishment of blood chemistry equilibrium suitable for
organ preservation ex vivo.
E. Bile production
The liver is an excrement ing organ. The excrement, bile, is usually
ed and excreted by the organ in vivo. Bile is produced in the liver
by hepatoeytes. In vivo, the liver utilizes bile salts to create bile, and bile salts are
recycled through the enterohcpatic ation system back to the liver to be reused.
The bile salts in turn stimulate the hepatoeytcs to produce more bile. Ex vivo, bile
salts are not ed back to the liver. As a result, it can be desirable to supplement
perfusatc with bile salts to aid the organ in producing bile. Additionally, in some
instances, the bile produced by the liver can provide an indication (e.g., quantity,
color and consistency) of the suitability of the organ for transplant.
F. Supporting a liver
The liver is the largest solid organ in the body, but it is delicate and fragile. 1n
the body, it is protected by the rib cage and other organs. Unlike many other ,
the liver does not include tive elements and is not defined by a rigid structure.
Therefore, when the liver is removed from the body and maintained ex-vivo, it should
be treated more delicately than other organs. For example, it can be ble to
provide proper t for the liver, place the liver on a low friction surface, and/or
cover the organ with a wrap to protect the organ from damage during transport and
while being maintained ex vivo.
G. Perfusate
Given the liver‘s wide range of vital fimctions when compared with other
organs (c.g., detoxification, protein synthesis, glycogen storage, and production of
biochemicals necessary for ion), the perfusion fluid used in the organ care
system described herein can be specially designed to maintain the liver in close to its
logical state to maintain its regular functions. For instance, because the liver is
PCT/U52015/033839
in a constant state of metabolism consuming energy, the oxygen content in the
perfusion fluid can be ined at close to or more than the physiological level to
meet its high demand as a lic warehouse. Similarly, the ion fluid can
also be designed to include sufficient concentration of energy-rich components, such
as carbohydrates and electrolytes, to provide the liver with an energy source to carry
out its functions.
The flow rate of the perfusion fluid can be also ly adjusted to ensure
that oxygen and nutrients are delivered to an ex vivo liver at a suitable rate.
Furthermore, the carbon dioxide content in the perfusion liquid can be lower than the
level in physiological state, thus further driving the equilibrium of the s
biological reactions to metabolism and oxidation. In some embodiments, the
perfusion fluid used herein does not contain significant amount of carbon dioxide or is
free from all carbon dioxide. In some embodiments, the perfusion fluid used herein
also contains sufficient amount of bile salt to sustain the need of the liver to produce
bile. Thus, the perfusion fluid for the organ care system described herein can be
designed to maintain the liver’s regular cellular functions to maintain the liver in a
viable state.
III. Description of exemplary system components
A. l architecture
shows an exemplary organ care system 600 that can be used to preserve
an organ such as a liver when the organ is ex vivo during, for e, a transplant
operation or medical procedure. At a general level, the organ care system 600 is
configured to provide conditions to an ex vivo organ that mimic the conditions the
organ experiences when in vivo. For example, in the case of a liver, the organ care
system 600 can provide a perfusatc flow to the organ in a manner that mimics blood
flow in a human body (e.g., flow, pressure, and temperature) and provide similar
environmental characteristics (e.g., temperature).
In some embodiments, the organ care system 600 can be divided into two
parts: a able single-use portion (e.g., 634) and a non-disposable multiple-use
portion (c.g., 650) (also referred to herein as a -use module and a multiple-use
module). As the names imply, the single-use portion can be replaced after a liver is
PCT/U52015/033839
transported and the multiple-use portion can be reused. At a general level, though not
required, the single-use portion includes those portions of the system that come into
direct contact with biological al whereas the le-use portion includes those
components that do not come into t with biological material. In some
embodiments, all of the components in the single-use portion are ized before use,
whereas the components in the multiple-use portion are not. Each of the portions are
described in detail below. This configuration allows a method of operation where,
after use, the entire single-use module 634 can be discarded and replaced with a new
single—use module. This can allow the system 600 to be available for use again after a
short turnaround time.
Typically the single and multiple use portions can be configured to be
removably connected to one another via a ical interface. Additionally, the
single and multiple use portions can include mechanical, gas, l, and/or electrical
connections to allow the two portions to interact with one another. In some
embodiments, the connections between the portions are designed to be
connected/unconnected from one another in a r n.
The disposable module 634 and the multiple use module 650 can be
constructed at least in part of material that is durable yet light-weight such as
polycarbonate plastic, carbon fiber epoxy composites, polycarbonate ABS-plastic
blend, glass reinforced nylon, acetal, straight ABS, um, and/or magnesium. In
some embodiments, the weight of the entire system 600, is less than 100 pounds,
including the multiple use module, organ, batteries, gas tank, and priming, nutritional,
preservative and perfusion fluids, and less than about 50 pounds, excluding such
items. In some embodiments, the weight of the single use module 634 is less than 12
, excluding any solutions. In some embodiments, the le use module,
excluding all fluids, batteries, and gas supply, weighs less than 50 pounds.
With the cover d and the front panel open, an operator can have easy
access to many of the components of the able 634 and multiple use 650
modules. For example, the operator can access the various components of the single
and multiple use modules and can install and/or remove the single use module from
to/from the multiple use module.
While certain components are described herein as being in the single-use
portion or the multiple-use portion of the system 600, this is exemplary only. That is,
PCT/U52015/033839
ents fied herein as being located in the single-use portion can also be
located in the multiple-use portion and vice-versa.
B. Exemplary le use module
Referring to FIGS. 3A-31, the multiple use module can include l
components including a housing, a cart, a battery, a gas supply, at least part of a
perfusion fluid pump, an infusion pump, and a l system.
1. Cart/Housing
Referring to FIGS. 3A-31, an exemplary embodiment of the organ care system
is shown as organ care system 600 can e a housing 602 and a cart 604. The cart
604 can include a platform and wheels for transporting the system 600 from place to
place. A latch 603 can secure the housing 602 to the cart 604. To further aid in
portability, the system 600 can also include a handle hinge mounted to the lefi side of
the housing 602, along with two rigidly mounted handles 612a and 612b mounted on
the left and right sides of the housing 602. The housing 602 can further include a
removable top lid (not shown) and a front panel 615 hinged to a lower panel by hinges
616a and 6l6b. The cover can include handles for aiding with removal.
The system 600 can e an AC power cable 618, along with a frame for
securing the power cable, both which can be located on the lower section of the lefi‘
side of the housing 602. A power switch 622, which can also located on the lower
section of the lefi side, can enable an operator to restart the system sofiware and
electronics.
shows a front ctive view of the multiple use module 650 with
the single use module 634 removed. As shown, the multiple use module 650 can
include the cart 604 and the housing 602, along with all of the components mounted
to/in it. The multiple use module 650 also includes a bracket assembly 638 for
receiving and locking into place the single use module 634. An exemplary bracket
ly 638 is shown in .
In some embodiments, the housing 602 can include a fluid tight basin, which
is configured to capture any perfusion fluid and/or any other fluid that may
inadvertently leak from the upper portion of the housing 602 and prevent it from
reaching the lower section of the housing 602. Thus, in some embodiments, the basin
PCT/U52015/033839
can shield the electronic components of the system 600 from leaked fluid. In some
embodiments, the basin 652 can be sized to accommodate the entire volume of fluids
used in the system 600 at any particular time.
The system 600 can also include the operator interface module 146, along with
a cradle 623 for holding the operator interface module 146. The operator interface
module 146 can include a display 624 for displaying information to an operator. The
operator ace module 146 can also include a rotatable and depressible knob 626
for selecting between multiple parameters and display screens. The knob 626 can also
be used to set parameters for automatic control of the system 600, as well as to
e manual l over the ion of the system 600. In some embodiments,
the operator interface module 146 can include its own battery and may be removed
from the cradle 623 and used in a wireless mode. While in the cradle 623, power
connections can enable the operator interface module 146 to be d. The operator
interface module can also include control buttons for controlling the pump, silencing
or disabling alarms, entering or exiting standby mode, and starting the perfusion
clock, which initiates the display of data obtained during organ care.
Referring also to F105, the system 600 can also include a plurality of
interconnected circuit boards for facilitating power distribution and data transmission
to, from and within the system 600. For example, the multiple use module 650 can
include a front end interface circuit board 636, which optically and
electromechanically couples to the front end t board 637 ofthe single use
module 650. The system 600 can further include a main board 718, a power circuit
board 720, and a battery interface board 71 1 d on the le use module 650.
The main board 718 can be configured to allow the system 600 to be fault tolerant, in
that if a fault arises in the operation of a given circuit board, the main board 718 can
save one or more operational parameters (e.g., pumping parameters) in latile
. When the system 600 reboots, it can then re-capture and continue to
perform according to such parameters. Additionally, the system 600 can divide
critical functions among multiple processors so that if one processor fails the
ing critical functions can continue to be served by the other processors.
PCT/U52015/033839
2. Power system
Referring also to the multiple-use portion of the system 600 can
include a power subsystem 148 that is red to provide power to the system 600.
The power subsystem 148 can e power to the system 600 using ble
batteries and/or an external power source. In some embodiments, the power
subsystem 148 can be configured to switch between external power and an onboard
battery, without interruption of system operation. The power subsystem 148 can also
be configured to automatically allocate externally supplied power between powering
the system 600, charging the ies, and ng internal batteries of the operator
interface module 146. The batteries in the power system can be used as the primary
power source and/or as a backup power source in the event the external power source
fails or becomes insufficient. Additionally, the power system I48 can be configured
to be compatible with multiple types of external power sources. For example, the
power system can be configured to receive le input voltages (e.g., 100V —
230V), multiple frequencies (e.g., 50-60 Hz), single phase power, three—phase power,
AC, and/or DC power. Additionally, in some embodiments the operator interface
module 146 can have its own battery 368.
The housing 602 can include a battery bay 628 that is configured to hold one
or more batteries 352. In ments with more than one battery, the battery bay
628 can also include a lockout mechanism 632 that is configured to prevent more than
one battery from being removed from the battery bay 628 at any given time while the
system 600 is operating. This feature can provide an additional level of fault
tolerance to help ensure that a source of power is always ble. The system 600
can also include a tank bay 630 that can be configured to receive one or more tanks of
gas.
Referring to the conceptual drawing of cabling 73] can bring power
(such as AC power 351) from a power source 350 to the power circuit board 720 by
way of tors 744 and 730. The power supply 350 can convert the AC power to
DC power and distribute the DC power as described above. The power circuit board
720 can couple DC power and a data signal 358 via respective cables 727 and 729
from the connectors 726 and 728 to corresponding connectors 713 and 715 on the
front end interface circuit board 636. Cable 729 can carry both power and a data
signal to the front end interface board 636. Cable 727 can carry power to the heater
PCT/U52015/033839
l 10 via the end interface board 636. The connectors 713 and 715 can interflt
with corresponding connectors 712 and 714 on the front end circuit board 637 on the
single use module 634 to provide power to the single use module 634.
7The power circuit board 720 can also provide DC power 358 and a data
signal from the connectors 732 and 734, respectively, on the power circuit board 720
to corresponding connectors 736 and 738 on the main circuit board 718 by way of the
cables 733 and 735. The cable 737 can couple DC power 358 and a data signal from
a connector 740 on the main circuit board 718 to the operator interface module 146 by
way of a connector 742 on the operator interface module cradle 623. The power
circuit board 720 can also provide DC power 358 and a data signal from connectors
745 and 747 via cables 74] and 743 to connectors 749 and 751 on a battery interface
board 71 1. Cable 741 can carry the DC power signal and cable 743 can carry the data
signal. Battery interface board 71 1 can distribute DC power and data to the one or
more batteries 352 (in batteries 352a, 352b, and 352C), which can contain
electronic circuits that allow them to communicate the respective charges so that the
controller 150 can monitor and l the ng and rging of the one a more
batteries 352.
3. Perfusion fluid pump
The system 600 can include a pump 106 that is configured to pump perfusate
through the organ care system. The ate is typically a blood product-based
perfusion fluid that can mimic normal physiologic conditions. In some embodiments,
the perfusate can be a synthetic blood substitute solution and/or the perfusate can be a
blood product in combination with a blood substitute t. In the embodiments
where the perfusion fluid is blood-product based, it typically ns red blood cells
(e.g., oxygen carrying cells). The perfusate is described more fully below.
In some ments, the pump 106 can have a systolic phase and a diastolic
phase. The amount of perfusate pumped by the pump 106 can be varied by changing
one or more characteristics of the pump itself. For example, the number of strokes
per minute and/or the stroke displacement can be changed to achieve the desired flow
rate and re characteristics. In some ments, the pump 106 can be
configured to use a stroke rate of 1 — 150 st/min and a displacement of 0.1 — 1.5”.
More specifically, however, a nominal stroke rate of 60 st/min i 5 st/min can be used
WO 87737 PCT/U52015/033839
with a displacement of 0.5”. These values are exemplary only and values outside of
these ranges can also be used. By varying the characteristics of the pump 106 flow
rates of between 0.0 and 10 L/min can be achieved.
In some embodiments, a perfusion fluid pump 106 is split into two separable
portions: a pump driver portion located in the le-use portion 650 and a pump
interface ly in the single-use portion 634. This interface assembly of the
single-use n can isolate the pump driver of the multiple-use portion from direct
blood biologic contact.
FIGS. 6A-6D show an exemplary embodiment of the pump 106. FIGS. 6A-
6C show various views of a pump interface assembly 300 according to an exemplary
embodiment. shows a perspective view of an ary pump-driver
portion 107 of the perfusion fluid pump 106. shows the pump interface
assembly 300 mated with the pump-driver portion 107 of the perfusion fluid pump
assembly 300, according to one exemplary ment.
The pump interface assembly 300 es a housing 302 having an outer side
304 and an inner side 306. The interface assembly 300 includes an inlet 308 and an
outlet 310. The pump interface assembly 300 can also include inner 312 and outer
314 O-ring seals, two deformable membranes 316 and 318, a doughnut-shaped
bracket 320, and half-rings 319a and 31% that fit between the o-ring 314 and the
bracket 320. The half-rings 319a and 31% can be made of foam, plastic, or other
suitable material.
The inner O-ring 312 can fit into an annular track along a periphery of the
inner side 306. The first deformable membrane 316 can mount over the inner O-ring
312 in fluid tight interconnection with the inner side 306 of the housing 302 to form a
r between an interior side of the first deformable ne 316 and the inner
side 306 of the housing 302. A second deformable membrane 318 can fit on top of
the first deformable membrane 316 to provide fault tolerance in the event that the first
deformable ne 316 rips or tears. Illustratively, the deformable membranes
316 and 318 can be formed from a thin polyurethane film (about 0.002 inches thick).
However, any suitable material of any suitable ess may be employed. Referring
to FIGS. 6A and 6B, the bracket 320 can mount over the second deformable
membrane 318 and the rings 319a and 31% and can affix to the housing 302 along a
periphery of the inner side 306. Threaded fasteners 322a-322i can attach the bracket
PCT/U52015/033839
320 to the housing 302 by way of respective threaded apertures 324a-324i in the
bracket 320. The outer O-ring 314 can interfit into an annular groove in the bracket
320 for providing fluid tight seal with the pump assembly 106. Prior to inserting O-
ring 314 into the r groove in bracket 320, the half-rings 319a and 31% are
typically placed in the groove. The O-ring 314 can then be compressed and positioned
within the annular groove in bracket 320. After being positioned within the annular
groove, the O-ring 314 can expand within the groove to secure itself and the half-
rings 319a and 31% in place.
The pump interface assembly 300 can also include heat stake points 321a-
321c, which project from its outer side 304. The points 2lc can receive hot
glue to heat-stake the pump interface ly 300 to a ed bracket 656 of the
single use portion of the system 300.
As shown in , the fluid outlet 310 es an outlet housing 310a, an
outlet fitting 310b, a flow regulator ball 310c and an outlet port 310d. The ball 310C is
sized to fit within the outlet port 310d but not to pass thrOugh an inner aperture 326 of
the outlet 310. The fitting 310b is bonded to the outlet port 310d (e.g., via epoxy or
another adhesive) to capture the ball 310C between the inner aperture 326 and the
fitting 31%. The outlet housing 310a is similarly bonded onto the fitting 31%.
In operation, the pump interface assembly 300 is configured and aligned to
receive a pumping force from a pump driver 334 of the perfusion fluid pump
assembly 106 and translate the pumping force to the perfusion fluid 108, thereby
ating the ion fluid 108 to the organ chamber assembly 104. According to
the exemplary embodiment, the perfusion fluid pump assembly 106 can include a
pulsatile pump having a driver 334, which can contact the ne 318. The fluid
inlet 308 can draw perfusion fluid 108, for example, from the reservoir 160, and
provide the fluid into the chamber formed between the inner membrane 316 and the
inner side 306 of the housing 302 in response to the pump driver moving in a
direction away from the deformable nes 316 and 318, thus deforming the
membranes 316 and 318 in the same direction.
As the pump driver moves away from the deformable membranes 316 and
318, the pressure head of the fluid 108 inside the reservoir 160 causes the perfusion
fluid 108 to flow from the reservoir 160 into the pump assembly 106. In this respect,
the pump assembly 106, the inlet valve 191 and the reservoir 160 are oriented to
PCT/U52015/033839
provide a gravity feed of perfusion fluid 108 into the pump assembly 106. At the
same time, the flow tor ball 310e is drawn into the aperture 326 to prevent
perfusion fluid 108 from also being drawn into the chamber through the outlet 310. It
should be noted that the outlet valve 310 and the inlet valve 191 are one way valves in
the illustrated embodiment, but in alternative embodiments the valves 310 and/or 191
are two-way valves. In response to the pump driver 334 moving in a direction toward
the deformable membranes 316 and 318, the flow regulator ball 310C moves toward
the fitting 310b to open the inner aperture 326, which s the outlet 310 to expel
perfusion fluid 108 out of the chamber formed between the inner side 306 of the
housing 302 and the inner side of the deformable membrane 316. A separate one-way
inlet valve 191, shown between the reservoir 160 and the inlet 308 in stops
any perfusion fluid from being ed out ofthe inlet 308 and flowing back into the
reservoir 160.
In embodiments of the system 600 that are split into the single use module 634
and the multiple use module 650, the pump ly 107 can rigidly mount to the
multiple use module 650, and the pump interface assembly 300 can rigidly mount to
the disposable single use module 634. The pump assembly 106 and the pump
interface assembly 300 can have corresponding ocking connections, which mate
together to form a fluid tight seal between the two assemblies 107 and 300.
More particularly, as shown in the perspective view of , the perfusion
fluid pump assembly 107 can include a pump driver housing 338 having a top surface
340, and a pump driver 334 housed within a cylinder 336 ofthe housing 338. The
pump driver housing 338 can also include a docking port 342, which includes a slot
332 sized and shaped for mating with a flange 328 ting from the pump interface
ly 300. The top surface 340 of the pump driver housing 338 can mount to a
bracket 346 on the non-disposable multiple use module 650. The bracket 346 can
include features 344a and 344b for abutting the tapered tions 323a and 323b,
respectively, of the pump ace assembly 300. The bracket 346 can also include a
cutout 330 sized and shaped for aligning with the docking port 342 and the slot 332
on the pump driver housing 338.
ionally, the seal between the pump interface assembly 300 and the fluid
pump assembly 107 can be formed in two steps, illustrated with reference to FIGS.
6D and 6E. In a first step, the flange 328 is positioned within the docking port 342,
PCT/U52015/033839
while the tapered projections 323a and 323b are positioned on the clockwise side next
to corresponding features 344a and 344b on the bracket 346. In a second step, as
shown by the arrows 345, 347 and 349, the pump interface assembly 300 and the fluid
pump assembly 106 are rotated in opposite directions (e.g., rotating the pump
interface assembly 300 in a counter clockwise direction while holding the pump
assembly 106 fixed) to slide the flange 328 into the slot 332 ofthe docking port 342.
At the same time, the tapered projections 323a and 323b slide under the bracket
features 344a and 344b, respectively, engaging inner surfaces of the bracket features
344a and 344b with tapered outer surfaces of the tapered tions 323a and 323b to
draw the inner side 306 of the pump interface ly 300 toward the pump driver
334 and to interlock the flange 328 with the docking ports 342, and the tapered
projections 323a and 323b with the bracket features 344a and 344b to form the fluid
tight seal between the two assemblies 300 and 106.
In some ments, the system 100 can be configured such that the flow
characteristics ing pressure and flow volume of the perfusion fluid provided to
the hepatic artery and the portal vein are directly controlled and under pressure
generated by the pump 106 (e.g., the hepatic artery and portal veins can be in fluid
pressure ication with the pump 106). This embodiment is different from an
embodiment where a pump provides perfusion fluid to a oir (e.g., a reservoir
located above the liver) and then uses gravity to provide fluid pressure to the liver.
4. Solution on pump
The system 600 can include a solution pump 63] that can be configured to
inject one or more solutions into the perfusion module circuit. In some embodiments
of the organ care system 600, the solution pump 631 can be an e-shelf pump
such as a MedSystem 111 from CareFusion Corporation of San Diego, CA, and/or can
be a solution pump as described below with respect to FIGS. 7A-7P. The infusion
solutions provided by the solution pump 631 can be used to, for example provide
ongoing management of the organ such as inotropic support, glucose control, pH
control. onally, while the solution pump 631 is generally considered part of the
multiple use module 650, parts of the solution pump 63] can be single use and
replaced each time the system is used.
PCT/U52015/033839
The solution pump 631 can be configured to provide one or more solutions
aneously (also referred to has having one or more channels). In some
embodiments, the solution pump 63] can provide three solutions: a maintenance
on, bile salts, and a vasodilator such as epoprostenol sodium. Each of these
solutions are described more fully below. The solution pump 631 can support
multiple infusion rates (c.g., from 1 to 200 ml/hr, although higher/lower rates are also
possible). The infusion rate can be able in time increments (c.g., l r
increment. although higher/lower rates are possible) and changes to the infusion rate
typically take effect within five seconds, although this is not required. At infusion
rates of 10 ml/hr and below, the infused volume can be accurate to within +/- 10% of
the infusion rate set point, although this is not ed. At infusion rates above 10
ml/hr, the infused volume can be accurate to within +/- 5% of the infusion rate set
point, gh this is not required.
The solution pump can be configured to maintain any required accuracy with
input pressures (static pressures relative to the solution pump line connection) of 0 to -
50 mmHg on the on side and 0 to +220 mmI-lg on the organ side. Preferably,
infusions should not have any flow discontinuities greater than three seconds. After
the solution pump has been de-aired, air bubbles larger than 50 uL are typically not
injected into the perfusion module. In some embodiments, the portion of the line
between the solution pump 631 and the organ can include a valve (c.g., a pinch valve)
to r control the flow of solution to the organ. The solution pump 63] can
e status information for each channel such as infusion state and error.
The solution pump 631 can be used with one or more disposable cartridges
that provide the solution. For example, the portion of the line between the solution
supply and the solution pump 63] can include a spike to t to an IV bag. In
embodiments that include a disposable dge to supply the solution, the cartridge
should be capable of operating for at least 24 hours.
The solution pump 631 can be configured to be controlled via one or more
communication ports. For example, the solution pump 631 can be controlled via
commands received over via a serial port, a k (e.g., Ethernet, WiFi), and/or
cellular communications. Various aspects of the solution pump 63] can be controlled
such as l available volume of solution for each channel, infusion state (e.g.,
infusing or paused). A general and/or alarm status for each channel can also be
WO 87737 PCT/U52015/033839
accessible via the communication port. The status for each channel can include an
tion of: whether a disposable cartridge is present, an initial volume is available,
an infusing state, an infusing rate, time remaining until empty, and total volume
d. Additionally, the solution pump 63] can be configured so that each l
has fault-mode on rate capable of being written/read via the communication
port. In some embodiments sensors ed throughout the organ care system 600
can be connected tly or indirectly through the controller 150) to facilitate
automatic control the solution pump 631 by the controller 150 using an open or closed
feedback loop.
The solution pump 63] can be configured to indicate when failures occur. For
example, when a failure or occlusion is detected the solution pump 631 can illuminate
a fault indicator associated with the faulted channel and/or send a notification via the
communication port. The solution pump 631 can be configured to pause the infusion
in a channel that has faulted and can restart the infusion after the fault or ion
has been cleared. In embodiments where the infusion rates are set via the
communication port, in the event that signals to/from the ication port are lost,
the solution pump 63] can be configured to set the on rate to a preprogrammed
fault-mode infusion rate.
The solution pump 631 can include one or more fault detection
algorithms/mechanisms. For example, if a hardware failure is detected the solution
pump 631 can alert a device ted to the communication port that a hardware
fault has ed. If a solution and/or organ side occlusion is detected, the solution
pump 631 can alert the device connected via communication port that the occlusion
has occurred. The solution pump 63] can be configured to carry out self tests
including power on and background self tests. The results of the self tests can be
indicated on the solution pump 63] itself and/or communicated via the
communication port.
As noted above, the solution pump can be an off-the-shelf solution pump
and/or a custom design pump. Referring to FIGS. 7A — 7P, an exemplary
embodiment of a custom-designed solution pump 631 is shown and described.
Some embodiments of the solution pump disclosed herein can use a syringe
connected to a motor to control the delivery of an infusion solution. By increasing the
diameter of the syringe, the capacity of the syringe to hold fluid can be increased.
PCT/U52015/033839
This increased fluid capacity can reduce the number of times the syringe is ged
for a new, pre-loaded e. However, syringes with an increased diameter can
result in the loss of precision during the delivery of on because as the diameter
increases, the amount of solution red when the plunger is sed one unit
also increases. Another exemplary embodiment of the solution pump uses a relatively
small er syringe that can allow for greater precision in the delivery of solution.
However, the solution can quickly run out due to the syringe’s low fluid capacity.
Exchanging the syringe with a new, pre-loaded syringe can create problems such as
introducing air bubbles, interrupting the solution delivery, causing an inconvenience
for users, and creating accessibility challenges. Thus, in some embodiments, a
relatively small diameter syringe can be connected to an external source of fluid
solution and the perfusion t via fluid lines and a series of y valves. In
these embodiments, as the syringe is depressed, solution can flow through a one-way
valve and into the perfusion circuit. When the syringe is retracted, the solution can
flow through another one-way valve from the external fluid source into the syringe to
refill it with solution. Thus, some embodiments of this design can allow fine
precision l of solution delivery (e.g., by using a smaller diameter e) while
eliminating the need to replace a preloaded syringe with another.
Referring to FIGS. 7A — 7P, an exemplary embodiment of a on pump
9000 is shown. In this embodiment, the solution pump 9000 can use a
removable/replaceable cassette 9020 to provide infusion solutions. s 7C and
7D show an exploded view of the solution pump 9000 and an infusion cassette 9020,
respectively. In this embodiment, the solution pump 9000 includes three channels,
and thus, is configured to provide up to three different solutions. Other embodiments
can include more or fewer channels.
The on pump 9000 can be a syringe pump driven by a stepper motors
9002a, 9002b, 9002c. The stepper motors 9002 can rotate respective lead screws
9005. Carriages 9042 with carriage covers 9004 communicate with the lead screw
9005 and can move back and forth along the screw 9005. The inside of carriages
9042 can also be threaded with matching threads to facilitate movement along the
lead screw 9005 as the lead screw 9005 rotates. Additionally, the carriages 9042 can
also move along linear rails 9041 that facilitate movement back and forth along the
lead screws 9005. Pins 9003 can be attached to the carriage covers 9004 and to a
PCT/U52015/033839
carrier 9036 that is configured to hold a syringe r 9017 so that as the carriages
9042 move back and forth along the lead screws 9005, the plunger can be depressed
and retracted. The pins 9003 can be threaded to facilitate ment to the carrier
9036, although this is not required. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 7E, 7F, 7G,
71-1, the carrier 9036 can be shaped to fit around and hold the plunger 9017. The
carrier 9036 can be manufactured in two pieces that can press fit together using
protrusions 9045, fit together via screws, and/or any other fastener to clamp the
syringe plunger.
In some embodiments, the stepper motor 9002 can be configured to operate at
different speeds depending on whether the syringe is being extended or compressed.
For example, when the syringe is being compressed (e.g. during infusion) the motor
can move at a low speed such as four steps per , whereas when the syringe is
being extended (c.g., during refill) the motor can be moved at high speed such as
16,000 steps per second. Other speeds are possible. Additionally, each stepper motor
9002 can include an l encoder on a motor shaft ed n (or elsewhere)
that can be used to track the position and/or speed of the motor 9002. Accordingly,
the position ofthe plunger of the syringe can be calculated.
1n the embodiment shown in , the stepper motors 9002a, 9002b, 9002c
are positioned in parallel to one another, although other configurations are possible.
The pins 9003 pass through slots 9008 in a top cover 9001 and can attach to the
carrier 9036 that connects to a plunger 9017 of syringe 9016. The connection
between the carriage 9042 and the plunger 9017 via the pins 9003 and the carrier
9036 can be used to depress and retract the syringe, which can cause the syringe to
provide fluid, or refill itself with fluid when properly ted. For example, as the
stepper motor 9002 rotates the lead screw 9005 in a clockwise manner, the carriage
9042 and the carriage cover 9004 with pin 9003 connected to carrier 9036 and r
9017 can move in a direction to cause the plunger 9017 to depress and e fluid
on from the syringe 9016. When stepper motor rotates in a rclockwise
manner, the carriage 9042 can move in an opposite direction and the plunger 9017 can
be caused to retract, thereby refilling the e 9016 with fluid from a fluid source,
such as an external 1V bag.
The solution pump 9000 can include optical switch 9007 that can be used to
detect when the syringe is in a “home” or other position. In some embodiments, the
PCT/U52015/033839
home position can be a position when the e is ed and filled with on,
gh other home positions are possible. The optical switch 9007 can be U-shaped
and can be configured to transmit an optical beam between the two upper portions of
the U (e.g., by having a transmitter on one side and a receiver on the other). In some
embodiments, when the carriage 9042 is in its home position, a flag 9006 on the
carriage cover 9004 can interrupt the optical beam from the optical switch 9007, thus
providing information on the position of the syringe. The flag 9006 can be made of
any material that interrupts the optical beam such as opaque plastic and/or metal. In
some instances it can be le that the solution pump 9000 loses track of the
position of the carriage 9042 because of, for example, a malfunction. If this occurs,
the carriage 9042 can return to the home position, leaving the syringe 9016 filled and
the plunger 9017 extended. This can allow the pump 9000 in the position of the
syringe without accidentally providing any additional solution. In some embodiments
of the solution pump 9000, an additional optical switch 9007 can be included to
determine when the syringe is nearly or completely empty.
The solution pump 9000 can also include pressure sensors 9009 to detect
blockages in the delivery line 9010 or output line 901 1. An alarm can indicate when
the pressure sensors 9009 detect a blockage by sensing a pressure over or under
predetermined thresholds. The pressure sensor can be any commercially available
sensor le for this purpose. In one embodiment, the sensor can be a MEMSCAP
SP854 transducer with hydraulic fluid and a diaphragm. The pressure sensors 9009
can extend through the openings 9012 in the top cover 9001.
The stepper motor 9002, linear rails 9041, and re sensors 9009 can be
d to the structural plate 9013. A printed circuit board (“PCB”) 9015 can be
mounted to the opposite side of the structural plate 9013 and include electronics used
to operate the solution pump 9000. The plate 9013 can be made out of aluminum or
any other le al and can contain a flange 9014 to provide increased
stiffness. The plate can also contain a series of mounting holes to provide a
connection point to the top cover and bottom cover.
The top cover 9001 can engage a bottom cover 9018 to enclose the solution
pump 9000. The two parts can engage along the edges and can be secured with screws
or another fastener. A mounting plate 9019 can attach to the bottom cover 9018
(labeled as 9015 in some drawings) and to, for example, the inner wall of the system
PCT/U52015/033839
600. The top cover 9001 can also include an opening 9025 for connector cables that
can connect elsewhere in the system 600, such as to the controller 150.
The on pump 9000 can engage an infusion te 9020 that contains
the syringe 9016. In one embodiment the top cover 9001 can include a boss 9023
with a pin. As shown in FIGS. 7A, 78, a tab 902] on the infusion cassette 9020 can
engage the pin on the boss 9023 to provide a tion between the solution pump
9000 and the infusion cassette 9020. Additionally, the solution pump 9000 can
engage the infiJsion cassette 9020 via a circumferential groove on the pressure sensors
9009 that can be received by a pinch release portion 9022 of the infusion cassette
9020.
The infusion cassette 9020 can include the delivery line 9010 with an IV bag
spike 9024 at one end that can be connected to an IV bag or other external source of
solution. The other end of the delivery line 9010 can be ted to a one-way
check valve 9026 that is designed to allow fluid to only flow away from the IV bag
and toward the syringe 9016. The one—way check valve 9026 can be connected to a
connector 9027. An output line 901 1 can be connected to a second one-way check
valve 9032 that is designed to allow fluid to only flow away from the syringe 9016
and s a port 9034. The one-way check valve 9032 can also be connected to the
connector 9027. The output line 901 1 can include a filter 9033 that filters particulate
and air from the on. The filter 9033 can be any filter with hydrophobic
properties that are suitable for this purpose. The output line 901 1 can also be coupled
to the port 9034 that connects to the perfusion module. Port 9034 can include a luer
fitting. The output line 901 I can also include a roller clamp 9035 that can close the
output line 901 1. During use. the roller clamp 9035 can be kept open to allow fluid to
pass through the output line 901 1.
Referring to FIGS. 7I-7K, the connector 9027 can be. for example, a Y-
connector. The tor 9027 can include connectors 9043, 9044. Connector 9043
can be connected to the delivery line 9010 and connector 9044 can be connected to
the output line 901 l. Connector 9027 can also include vertical on line. The
vertical infusion line can connect to a connector mount. The connector 9027 can also
include an alignment tab 9028.
Referring to FIGS. 7L-7P, an exemplary connector mount 9029 is shown.
Connector mount 9029 can include a connection port 9031 that can be coupled to the
2015/033839
connector 9027 and a syringe mount 9030 that can be coupled to the syringe 9016. A
pressure membrane (not shown) can be placed in the connector mount 9029 to
monitor the re in the fluid circuit between the syringe 9016, the delivery line
9010, and the output line 901 1 (e.g., using the pressure sensor 9009). The pressure
membrane can be attached to the connector mount 9029 at a location opposite the
connection port 9031. The connector mount 9029 can also be used to removably
attach the cassette 9020 to the top cover 9001 using a snap tor. For example,
wings 9055 can extend through openings in the top cover 9037. By squeezing the
wings 9055 together a bottom portion 9056 can be flexed ds ing it from a
corresponding connector portion on, for example, the pressure sensor 9009.
In one ment, the syringe 9016 can deliver fluid as the plunger 9017 is
compressed by the movement of the carriage 9042 along the lead screw 9005 by the
r motor 9002. The fluid from the syringe can pass into the vertical infusion
line, past the one-way check valve 9032, into the output line 901 1, through the filter
9033, and into the perfusion fluid being circulated in the system 600. Once the
plunger 9017 is nearly or fully compressed so that there is little or no fluid to deliver
from the syringe, the syringe can be retracted, allowing fluid to pass from the 1V bag
(not shown), through delivery line 9010, past the one-way check valve 9026, into the
vertical on line, and into the syringe 9016, thus refilling the syringe.
The infusion cassette can include atop cover 9037 that can engage a bottom
cover 9038, thus enclosing the syringe 9016. A gasket 9039 can provide a seal
around slots 9008 in top cover 9001 to keep fluid from entering the solution pump
9000 through the slots 9008. The gasket can be made of any suitable sealing material,
including foam. A shipping lock 9040 can retain the plunger 9017 and carrier in the
fully ted position so that carriage 9042 can be engaged in the home position.
One purpose of the shipping lock 9040 can be to ensure that the hole 9092 in carrier
9036 is at the correct location so that the drive pin 9003 protrudes into the hole 9092
when the user ls the cassette 9020. The shipping lock 9040 can be removed
before use.
As will be appreciated, the type and configuration of syringe used in the
cassette 9020 can affect how the system is controlled. For example, as the bore of the
syringe increases. less travel of the plunger is needed to e a given amount of
solution. Additionally, syringes can have different capacities which can affect how
PCT/U52015/033839
often the e needs to be d. Thus, it can be beneficial for the solution pump
9000 to know what kind of syringe is installed in cassette 9020. Accordingly, in some
embodiments the system 9000 includes a mechanism by which it can determine what
type of e is included in the cassette 9020. For e, in an embodiment of the
on pump 9000 is red to work with two different types of syringes, the
pump can include a magnet and Hall effect sensor that can be configured to determine
which of the two types of syringes is being used. For example, the cassette 9020 can
e a magnet having N and S poles. The magnet can be oriented so that only one
of the two poles interacts with the Hall effect . When the first type of syringe is
used, the N pole can be red to interact with the Hall effect sensor and,
likewise, when the second type of syringe is used, the S pole can be configured to
interact with the Hall effect sensor. By determining which of the two poles is
interacting with the Hall effect sensor, the solution pump 9000 can determine which
type of syringe is being used in the cassette 9020. The sensor configuration is
exemplary only, and other sensors can be used to determine which type of syringes
being used in the cassette 9020.
The solution pump 9000 can be controlled by one or more control systems.
For example, the solution pump 9000 can be controlled by the controller 150 and/or
can include an al control system. Regardless of the location of the controller,
the controller can be configured to know how many partial or full rotations of the
stepper motor 9002 are required to provide the necessary amount of solution and/or to
refill the syringe. Thus, for example, the controller can know that it takes 40 steps of
the r motor to provide 1 mL of solution. In some embodiments, the amount of
solution provided by the solution pump 9000 can be manually controlled and/or can
be controlled automatically by the controller 150.
The solution pump 63] can be configured to provide solution flow rates that
vary between 0.5 and 200 mL/hr, although other rates are possible.
Some embodiments of the on pump 63] can include a priming cycle that
can be used to prime and eliminate air within the lines of the pump 631. For example,
a user can assemble a complete line set dry and perform priming cycle until air is
eliminated. For example, each priming cycle can advance 3 mL of air (or solution)
using a special fast-forward and fast refill movement. In some embodiments, the
prime cycle is under user control and/or can be performed automatically.
2015/033839
In some embodiments, when the motor 9002 is operated at a high speed (c.g.,
during refill and/or priming), the high-speed cycle can include a ramp-up and ramp
down periods going into and coming out of high-speed operation. These ramp-up and
ramp down periods can be used to me the rotational inertia of the motor 9002.
This function can be implemented by the e and/or controller is controlling the
pump 63] using, for example lookup tables that have been calculated to adjust the
pulse rates of the motors 9002 for constant acceleration and/or deceleration. The
ramp-up and ramp down periods can also be used during low-speed operation.
In some embodiments, the solution pump 631 can be configured to
compensate for inherent backlash that can be caused when the direction of travel of
the syringe is reversed. For example, fluid flow can be particularly ed by the
backlash inherent in the motor 9002 and lead screw 9005. Errors caused by backlash
can affect the resumption of infusion flow after a refill cycle. To offset these possible
errors, firmware within the pump and/or the controller can capture the pressure in the
syringe r at the end of all infusion strokes. The fast refill cycle can then be
executed and the firmware and/or controller can advance the plunger at a moderately
fast rate until the pressure in the e chamber is equal to the pressure captured
during the last infusion strokes. When that pressure is reached, all system backlash
has typically been resolved and the pump can continue ng at the d rate.
While stepper motors typically e the highest torque for a given motor
size, and can be easy to drive, they can also consume high amounts of power and can
generate large s of mechanical noise. Thus, in some embodiments of the pump
63], firmware and/or the controller can include a dynamic torque function that can
operate the motors 9002 at the minimal torque required at any given time. This can
be accomplished using digital to analog ters that control the current limit of
each stepper motor driver, which can in turn control the torque provided by the motor.
Accordingly, stepper motor torque can be adjusted to efficiently provide the required
motion. At rest, a small current can be provided to the motor to maintain its static
position without slipping. At the start of each forward infusion stroke, the stepper
motor can be run at the selected infusion rate with a predefined minimal torque. If the
encoder indicates that the stepper is not moving as desired, the torque can be
increased until the proper movement is achieved. In this way, the d infusion
stroke can be performed at the minimal torque required to do the job.
2015/033839
The solution pump 63] can also be configured to make up for slippage
between the actual position and the desired position of the syringe plunger. For
e, when e and/or the controller determines that the syringe position
(e.g. provided by an encoder) has slipped behind the desired profile, it can double the
rate until the syringe position catches up. This process of slipping, torque increase,
and/or rate doubling can happen quickly enough to provide uninterrupted infusion at
the selected rate.
shows an exemplary ment of a microcontroller architecture
that can be included in the solution pump 63 I this is not required and other
, although
IO configurations are possible. In this embodiment, the microcontroller architecture
includes a processor (e.g. PIC 18F8722 processor) that receives inputs from, for
example, the ller 150, pressure input sensors, motor current and diagnostic
voltage sensors, Hall magnetic sensors, photo interrupters, and/or encoder inputs.
Using the information it receives, the processor can provide feedback to the controller
150 and/or can control the stepper motor drive to actuate the syringes in the respective
channels.
. Gas system, including le delivery rate control
The multiple use module 650 can include an on-board gas supply such as one
or more common gas cylinders that can fit into the gas tank bay 630 and/or an oxygen
concentrator. The gas supply system can include: i) one or more regulators to reduce
the pressure of the gas ed by one or more gas cylinders, ii) pressure sensors that
are configured to measure the pressure in the gas supply, and ii) gas pressure gauge
that can provide a visual indication of the fullness of the gas supply. Each of these
components can be manually controlled and/or can be connected and automatically
controlled by the controller 150. For example, the controller 150 can automatically
regulate the gas flow into the gas ger 1 I4. While the gas provided by the gas
ed by the gas source can vary, in some embodiments, the gas supply can
e a gas comprised of 85% Oz, 1% C02, and the e N2 with a blend process
accuracy of 0.030%, while in some embodiments the gas supply can be between 50%
02 and 95% 02 and the balance N2 and/or Ar. In some embodiments the multiple
gasses can be supplied premixed from a single cylinder or can be provided from
multiple gas ers and mixed within the system 600. In some embodiments gas
PCT/U52015/033839
can be supplied from a portable oxygen concentrator, such as the Oxus Portable
Oxygen Coneentrator from Oxus, Inc. of ter Hills, M1, or a Freestyle series
le oxygen concentrator available from AirSep, or Buffalo, NY.
In some embodiments the system 600 can support a gas flow rate of 0 — 1000
mL/min and can have a set point resolution of 50 ml/min with a gas flow delivery
accuracy of i 20% in the range from 200 — 1000 mL/min. The system 600 and the
gas supply 172 can be configured to provide a gas flow in the event of a circulatory
pump fault. The ranges listed above are exemplary, and values outside of those
specifically identified can also be used. Lastly, in some embodiments the system 600
and the gas supply 172 can be configured to provide an indicator of the pressure in the
gas supply 172 via multiple interfaces (e.g., via a gauge on the gas supply 172 and/or
the operator interface module 146).
6. Controller and user interface
The system 600 can include a l system (e.g., controller 150) that
controls the overall ion of the system 600 and the components used therein. At
a general level, the control system can include an onboard computer system that is
connected to one or more of the components in the system 600 and to one or more
sensors, network connections, and/or user inputs. Using the ation obtained
from the sensors, k tions, and/or user inputs, the control system can
control the various components in the system 600. For example, the control system
can be used to implement one or more open or closed feedback s to control
ion of the system 600. The control system can be a common off-the-shelf
computer and/or a specially designed computer system. It should be noted that
although the system 600 is described conceptually with reference to a single
controller, the control of the system 600 can be distributed in a plurality of controllers
or processors. For example, any or all of the described subsystems may include a
dedicated processor/controller. Optionally, the dedicated processors/controllers of the
various subsystems may communicate with and via a central controller/processor. For
example, in some embodiments, a single controller located in the multiple-use module
650 can l the entire system 600, in other embodiments a single controller
located in the single-use module 634 can control the entire system 600, and in still
PCT/U52015/033839
other embodiments, the controller can be split n the single-use module 634 and
the multiple-use module 650.
As a r e, in some embodiments, the controller 150 can be located
on the main circuit board 718 and can m all control and processing required by
the system 600. However, in other embodiments, the controller 150 can distributed,
locating some processing functionality on the front end interface circuit board 636,
some on the power circuit board 720, and/or some in the or interface module
146. Suitable g can be provided between the various circuit boards, ing
on whether and the degree to which the controller 150 is buted within the system
600.
depicts an exemplary block m of an illustrative control scheme
for the system 600. For example, the system 600 can include a controller 150 for
controlling operation of the system 600. As shown, the controller 150 can connect
perationally several subsystems: an operator interface 146 that can assist an
operator in monitoring and controlling the system 600 and in monitoring the condition
of the organ; a data acquisition subsystem 147 that can include various sensors for
obtaining data relating to the organ and to the system 600, and for conveying the data
to the controller 150; a power ment subsystem 148 for providing fault tolerant
power to the system 600; a heating subsystem 149 for providing controlled energy to
the heater 1 10 for warming the perfusion fluid 108; a data management subsystem
151 for storing and maintaining data relating to operation ofthe system 600 and with
respect to the liver; and a pumping subsystem 153 for controlling the pumping of the
perfusion fluid 108 h the system 600.
An exemplary embodiment of the data acquisition subsystem 147 will now be
described with reference to In this embodiment, the data acquisition
subsystem 147 include sensors for obtaining information pertaining to how the system
600 and the liver is functioning. The data acquisition subsystem 147 can provide this
ation to the controller 150 for processing. For example, the data acquisition
subsystem 147 can be coupled to the following sensors: temperature sensors 120, 122,
124; pressure sensors 126, 128, 130 (which can be the pressure sensors 130a, l30b
referred to elsewhere herein); flow rate sensors 134, 136, 138; the
oxygenation/hematocrit/temperature sensor 140; Hall sensors 388; shaft encoder 390;
battery sensors 362a, 362b, 362C; external power available sensor 354; and operator
PCT/U52015/033839
interface module battery sensor 370; a gas pressure sensor 132. How the system 600
uses the information from the data acquisition subsystem 147 will now be described
with regard to the heating 149, power ment 148, pumping 153, data
management 151, and or interface 146 subsystems.
Referring to , this figure depicts an exemplary block m ofthe
power management system 148 for providing fault tolerant power to the system 600.
The system 600 can be powered by one of multiple sources such as an al power
source (c.g., 60 Hz, 120 VAC in North America or 50 Hz, 230 VAC in Europe) or by
any of the one or more batteries 352. While the remainder of this description refers to
an AC power source as the external power source, it is to be understood that a DC
power source can also be used. The ller 150 can receive data from an AC line
voltage availability sensor 354, which can te whether the AC voltage 351 is
available and/or sufficient for use by the system 600.
In response to the controller 150 detecting that external power is not available,
the ller 150 can signal the power switching try 356 to provide system
power from the one or more batteries 352. The controller 150 can determine from the
battery charge sensors 362 which of the one or more batteries 352 is most fully
charged, and can then switch that battery into ion by way of the switching
network 356. The system can be designed to prevent interruptions in the operation of
the system 600 as the power is switched from one source to another.
Alternatively, in response to the controller 150 detecting that suitable external
power is available, the controller 150 can determine whether to use the external power
for ing system power and for providing power to the user interface module 146,
for charging the one or more batteries 352, and/or for charging the internal battery of
user interface module 146, which can also have its own internal charger and charging
controller. To use available external power (c.g., AC power 141) the controller 150
can draw the external power into the power management system 148 by signaling
h the switching system 164. In the event that the external power source is AC,
the power management system 148 can also receive the external AC and convert it to
a DC for providing power to the system 600. The power management system 148 can
be universal and can handle any line frequencies or line voltages commonly used
throughout the world. According to the illustrative ment, in response to a low
battery indication from one or more of the battery sensors 362, the controller 150 can
PCT/U52015/033839
also direct power via the switching network 364 and the charging circuit 366 to the
riate battery. In response to the controller 150 receiving a low battery signal
from the sensor 370 (which can r a battery in the user interface module 146), it
can also or alternatively direct a charging voltage 367 to the user interface battery
368. In some embodiments, the power management subsystem 148 can select
batteries to power the system 600 using an algorithm to best provide for battery
longevity, including ing in order of least-charged first as well as other factors,
such as least number of charge cycles. If the battery that is currently being used to
power the system 600 is removed by the user, the power management subsystem 148
can tically switch to the next battery per the algorithm to continue powering
the system 600.
Referring to 1, an exemplary embodiment of the heating tem 149
is shown. The heating subsystem 149 can control the temperature of the perfusion
fluid 108 within the system 600 through, for example, a dual feedback loop approach.
In the first loop 251 (the perfusion fluid temperature loop), the perfusion fluid
temperature stor sensor 124 provides two (fault tolerant) s 125 and 127 to
the controller 150. The signals 125 and 127 are typically indicative ofthc
temperature of the ion fluid 108 as it exits the heater assembly 1 10. The
controller 150 can regulate the drive signals 285 and 287 to the drivers 247 and 249,
respectively. The drivers 247 and 249 can convert corresponding digital level signals
285 and 287 from the controller 150 to heater drive s 281 and 283, tively,
having sufficient current levels to drive the first 246 and second 248 heaters to heat
the perfusion fluid 108 to within a desired temperature range. In response to the
controller 150 detecting that the perfusion fluid temperatures 125 and 127 are below
the desired temperature range, it can set the drive signals 281 and 283 to the first 246
and second 248 heaters, tively, to a ient level to continue to heat the
perfusion fluid 108. Conversely, in response to the controller 150 detecting that the
perfusion fluid temperatures 125 and 127 are above the desired temperature range, it
can decrease the drive signals 281 and 283 to the first 246 and second 248 heaters,
respectively. In response to detecting that the temperature of the perfusion fluid 108
is within the desired temperature range, the controller 150 can maintain the drive
signals 28] and 283 at constant or substantially constant levels. The temperature
l system can be controlled to warm the pcrfusate to a temperature range
WO 87737 PCT/U52015/033839
between 0 — 50° C, and more specifically between 32 — 42° C, and even more
specifically between 32 — 37° C. These ranges are exemplary only and the
temperature control system can be controlled to warm the pcrfusate to any
temperature range falling within 0 — 50° C. The desired temperature can be user-
able and/or automatically controlled by the controller 150. As used herein and
in the claims, “nomiothermic” is defined a temperature between 34-37° C.
In some embodiments, the controller 150 can vary the drive signals 281 and
283, which can control the first and second heaters, in substantially the same .
However, this is not required. For example, each heater 246 and 248 may respond
differently to a particular current or voltage level drive signal. In such a case, the
controller 150 can drive each heater 246 and 248 at a ly different level to obtain
the same temperature from each. In some embodiments, the heaters 246 and 248 can
each have an associated ation factor, which the controller 150 stores and
employs when determining the level of a particular drive signal to provide to a
particular heater to achieve a particular temperature result. In certain configurations,
the controller 150 can set one of the thermistors in dual sensor 124 as the default
stor, and will use the temperature g from the default thermistor in
instances where the thermistors give two ent ature readings. In some
embodiments, where the temperature readings are within a pre-defined range, the
controller 150 can use the higher of the two readings. The drivers 247 and 249 can
apply the heater drive signals 28] and 283 to corresponding drive leads 282a and
282b on the heater assembly 1 10.
In the second loop 253 (the heater temperature loop), the heater temperature
s 120 and 122 can provide signals 12] and 123, indicative of the temperatures
of the heaters 246 and 248, respectively, to the controller 150. According to the
illustrated embodiment, a temperature ceiling can be ished for the heaters 246
and 248 (e.g., by t, operator selection, or automatically determined by the
controller 150), above which the temperatures of the heaters 246 and 248 are not
allowed to rise. As the temperatures of the heaters 246 and 248 rise and approach the
temperature ceiling, the sensors 121 and 123 can indicate the same to the controller
150, which can then lower the drive signals 281 and 283 to the heaters 246 and 248 to
reduce or stop the supply of power to the heaters 246 and 248. Thus, while a low
temperature signal 125 or 127 from the perfusion fluid temperature sensor 124 can
PCT/U52015/033839
cause the controller 150 to increase power to the heaters 246 and 248, the heater
temperature sensors 120 and 122 ensure that the s 246 and 248 are not driven to
a degree that would cause their tive heater plates 250 and 252 to become hot
enough to damage the perfusion fluid 108.
In some embodiments, the controller 150 can be configured to maintain the
perfusion fluid temperature between 0-50° C. In some embodiments the perfusate is
maintained within a temperature range of 32-42° C, or in some more specific
embodiments in the rage of 35-37° C. In some embodiments, the controller can be
configured to limit the temperature of the heater plates 250 and 252 to 38° C, 39° C,
40° C, 41° C, or 42° C. All of the ranges and s identified herein are
exemplary and values outside of these ranges can also be used. Lastly, to the extent
that the claims recite “substantially” in connection with a specific temperature value
or range, this means that the temperature is to be within the operational ature
swing range of the heater/control system used. For example, if the claimed
temperature is “substantially 32° C,” and a /control system is used in an d
product that maintains the temperature within :1: 5% of a desired value, then any
temperature that is i 5% of 32° C is “substantially 32° C.”
As can be seen, the second loop 253 can be configured to override the first
loop 251, if necessary, such that temperature readings from temperature sensors 120
and 122 indicating that the heaters 246 and 248 are approaching the maximum
allowable temperature override the effect of any low temperature signal from the
perfusion fluid temperature sensor 124. In this respect, the subsystem 149 can ensure
that the ature of the heater plates 250 and 252 do not rise above the maximum
ble temperature, even if the temperature of the-perfusion fluid 108 has not
reached the desired temperature value. This override feature can be particularly
important during failure situations. For example, if the perfusion fluid temperature
sensors 124 both fail, the second loop 253 can stop the heater assembly 1 10 from
overheating and damaging the ion fluid 108 by switching l exclusively to
the heater temperature sensors 120 and 122 and dropping the ature set point to
a fixed value. In some embodiments, the controller 150 can take into account two
time constants assigned to the delays associated with the temperature measurements
from the heaters 246 and 248 and perfiJsion fluid 108 to optimize the dynamic
response of the temperature controls.
PCT/U52015/033839
In some embodiments, the user can be provided with the option to disable the
blood warming feature of the system 600. In this manner, the system can more
ntly support cooling of the liver during the post-preservation ng procedure.
In some embodiments, the heater assembly 1 10 (or a separate device, such as a gas
exchanger with integrated cooling interface) can on as a chiller to cool the
temperature of the perfusion fluid.
Turning now to the operator interface subsystem 146, FIGS. lZA-IZG show
various exemplary display screens of the operator interface subsystem 146. The
y screens can enable the operator to receive information from and provide
IO commands to the system 600. A depicts an exemplary top level "home page"
screen 400. From the screen 400 an operator can typically access most if not all of the
data available from the data acquisition subsystem 147, and can lly provide any
desired commands to the controller 150. For e, a user can monitor and adjust
the pumping tem 153 via the screen 400. As bed in more detail in
reference to FIGS. 12B-12G, the screen 400 can also allow the operator to access
more detailed display screens for obtaining information, providing commands and
g operator selectable parameters.
In this exemplary embodiment, the screen 400 includes various portions each
displaying different pieces of information and/or accepting different inputs. However,
screen 400 is exemplary only and the information displayed by the screen 400 can be
customized by the user (e.g., using dialog 590 described below in F). The
values displayed on the screen 400 can be updated at regular intervals such as once
every second. In this particular example, the screen 400 includes the following
portions:
0 n 402 that displays the hepatic artery flow rate. This value can
be an indication ofthc flow at the flow sensor I38b.
o Portion 404 that displays the portal vein flow rate. This value can be an
tion of the flow at the flow sensor 138a.
o Portion 406 that displays the oxygen saturation (SvOg) of the perfusion
fluid leaving the liver as measured by, for example, the sensor 140.
o Portion 408 that displays the hematocrit (HCT) level of the perfusion
fluid leaving the liver as measured by, for example, the sensor 140.
PCT/U52015/033839
o Portion 410 that displays the desired and measured temperature of the
ate. In this embodiment, the larger, top number represents the
ed ature whereas the smaller number listed below
represents the temperature at which the desired perfusate temperature
is set. The temperature can be measured from one of more locations
such as at the output of the heater assembly 1 10 using the temperature
sensors 120 and 122, and in some embodiments sensor 140.
o Portion 412 that displays the flow rate as measured by flow sensor 136.
o Portion 414 that displays systolic/diastolic pressure in the hepatic
artery. The number in parentheses below the systolic/diastolic
pressures is an arithmetic mean of the pressure waveform. This
systolic/diastolic/mean pressure in the hepatic artery can be determined
by the pressure sensor 130a.
o Portion 416 that displays a waveform of the hepatic artery pressure
overtime.
o Portion 418 that displays ic/diastolic pressure in the portal vein.
Number in parentheses below the ic/diastolic res is an
arithmetic mean of the two. The systolic/diastolic pressure in the portal
vein can be determined by the pressure sensor 13%.
0 Portion 420 that displays a waveform of the portal vein pressure over
time.
o Portion 422 that displays the hepatic artery pressure averaged over
time (e.g., two minutes).
0 Portion 424 that displays the hepatic artery flow rate averaged over
time (e.g., two minutes).
0 n 426 that a graphical entation of the values from portion
422 and 424 overtime. In this embodiment, the graph represents a 3 ‘/2
hour time window. In some embodiments, the portion 426 can be
controlled by the user to show different periods of time.
o n 428 that displays an icon showing that the perfusion pump is
running.
0 Portion 429 (which is not illuminated in this example) can show an
organ type indicator that indicates which organ is being perfused and
WO 87737 PCT/U52015/033839
which mode of operation is being used. For example, an “M” can be
used to indicate that the system 600 is in a maintenance mode.
0 Portion 430 that displays the status of a storage medium included in the
system 600 (e.g., an SD card).
o Portion 432 that ys the flow rate from the onboard gas supply.
This portion can also display the amount of time remaining before the
onboard gas supply runs out.
o Portion 434 that displays the status of the power supply system. In this
embodiment, the system 600 includes three batteries, where each
battery has a corresponding status indicator showing the degree to
which the battery is charged. This portion also indicates whether the
system 600 is connected to an external power source (by showing a
plug icon). In some embodiments, this portion can also include a
numerical indication of the amount of time that the batteries can run
the system 600 in the current mode of operation.
0 Portion 436 that displays the status and charge remaining of the battery
included in the operator interface module 146. This portion can also
include an indication of the amount of time ing for which the
battery in the operator interface module 146 can support it in a wireless
mode of operation.
0 Portion 438 that displays the status of a k and/or cellular
tion. This portion can also identify whether the operator
interface module 146 is operating in a wireless 464 fashion, along with
a graphical entation 463 of the strength of the ss
connection between the operator interface module 146 and the
remainder of the system 600.
0 Additional portions can be displayed to show when one or more alarms
and/or portions of the system 600 have been disabled by the user.
As can be seen in FIG. lZA-lZG some ns can also include alarm range
indicators (e.g., indicator 440) that indicates where the current value falls within an
allowable range. Each portion can also include an alarm indicator (not shown)
indicating that the respective values are outside of the range indicated by the
PCT/U52015/033839
corresponding range tor. The range indicator for each respective value can be
tied to the alarm values set in dialog 512 or independently set by the user. The screen
400 can be implemented on a touch screen interface. In portions that accept user
input, the user can touch a specific portion to change the value therein using the knob
626.
Referring to FIGS. IZB, 12C, and 12D, a user can select to enter a
configuration menu 484. In some embodiments of the , the configuration menu
484 can be limited to a portion of the screen so that the user can continue to monitor
the information displayed on the screen. Using the configuration menu, the user can
program desired operational parameters for the system 600. In this embodiment of
the configuration menu 484, the menu has three tabbed pages 484a, 484b, 484C
(“Liver,9, 5‘System,” and “‘Actions”).
In tabbed page 484a, the Liver tab is shown. In this tab the user is able to
enter alarm dialog 512 (described below with respect to E), select the data
shown in the middle graphic frame, select the data shown in the bottom graphic
frame, set the desired gas flow rate, and set the desired ature. Changes made in
the tabbed page 484a can be reflected in the screen 400.
In tabbed page 484b, the System tab is shown. In this tab, the user can adjust
one or more display features of the system 600. For example, the user can select
which units are used to display the various measurements (e.g., pascal versus mmHg),
can restore y ts, can store new default gs, and can restore saved
default settings. From this tab a service technician can also enable a wireless
connection from a service laptop to the system 600. Changes made in the tabbed page
484b can be reflected in the screen 400.
In tabbed page 484e, the Actions tab is shown. In this menu, the user can
display the status of the machine, display a y of all of the , can adjust
the scale of displayed measurements, and/or can interact with the data stored by the
system 600. For example, in some embodiments the user can withdraw a sample of
the perfusion fluid and perform an external test on it. The user can then manually
enter the value obtained by the external test into the data stream being maintained by
the system 600. In this manner, system 600 can include all data relevant to the organ
being lanted, regardless of whether that data was generated externally from the
system 600.
PCT/U52015/033839
ing to E, alarm dialog 512 displays the parameters associated
with the operation of the system 600. In this embodiment, there are alarms for hepatic
artery flow (HAF), portal vein pressure (PVP), hepatic artery pressure (HAP), inferior
vena cava pressure (IVCP), perfusion fluid temperature (Temp), oxygen saturation
(SvOz), hematocrit (HCT). More of fewer ters can be included in the dialog
512. Row 514 indicates an upper alarm limit (e.g., a value above this number will
cause an alarm) and row 516 indicates a lower alarm limit (c.g., a value below this
number will cause an alarm). The user can also enable/disable individual alarms by
selecting the associated alarm icon in row 518. The icons in row 518 can te
whether an individual alarm is enabled or ed (e.g., in E the alarm for
IVCP is disabled). The alarm limits can be predetermined, user settable, and/or
determined in real-time by the controller 150. In some embodiments, the system 600
can be configured to automatically switch between sets of alarm limits for a given
flow mode upon changing the flow mode. Changes made in the dialog 512 can be
reflected in the screen 400.
F shows an exemplary user interface (dialog 590) in which a user can
select what the various portions of screen 400 display. For example, in F, the
user can choose to display the realtime waveform of the hepatic artery pressure, portal
vein pressure or IVC pressure, or choose to display trend graphs for those or other
measured parameters in a portion of the screen 400. Other waveforms can also be
calculated and yed by the controller 150.
G shows an exemplary user interface (dialog 592) in which a user can
adjust parameters of the pumping subsystem 153. In this e, the user can adjust
the pump flow and turn the pump on/off.
The data management subsystem 151 can receive and store data and system
information from the various other subsystems. The data and other information can
be downloaded to a portable memory device and organized within a database, as
desired by an operator. The stored data and information can be accessed by an
operator and yed through the operator interface subsystem 146. The data
management system 151 can be ured to store in the information in one or more
places. For example, the data ment subsystem 151 can be configured to store
data in e that is internal to the system 600 (e.g., a hard drive, a flash drive, an
2015/033839
SD card, a compact flash card, RAM, ROM, CD, DVD) and/or external to the system
(e.g., a remote storage memory or Cloud storage).
In embodiments using external storage, the data management subsystem 151
(or another part of the controller 150) can communicate with the external storage over
various communication connections such as point-to-point network connections,
intranets, and the lntemct. For e, the data management subsystem 151 can
icate with a remote storage medium or “the Cloud” (c.g., data servers and
storage devices on a shared and/or private network) via a WiF i network (c.g., 802.1 1),
a cellular connection (e.g., LTE), a Bluetooth (e.g., 802.15), ed connection, a
satellite-based connection, and/or a hard-wired network connection (e.g., Ethernet).
In some embodiments, the data management subsystem can be configured to
tically detect the best network connection to communicate with the remote
storage device and/or Cloud. For e, the data management subsystem can be
configured to default to known WiFi networks and automatically switch to a ar
network when no known WiFi networks are available. Remote and Cloud based
embodiments are discussed more fully below.
ing to 1-1, the pumping subsystem 153 will now be described in
further detail. The controller 150 can operate the pumping subsystem 153 by sending
a drive signal 339 to a brushless three-phase pump motor 360 using Hall Sensor
feedback. The drive signal 339 can cause the pump motor shaft 337 to rotate, thereby
causing the pump screw 341 to extent and retract the pump driver 334. According to
the illustrative embodiment, the drive signal 339 is controlled to change a rotational
direction and rotational velocity of the motor shaft 337 to cause the pump driver 334
to extract and retract cyclically. This cyclical motion can pump the perfusion fluid
through the system 600.
The controller 150 can receive a first signal 387 from the Hall sensors 388
positioned ally within the pump motor shafi 337 to indicate the position of the
pump motor shaft 337 for es of commutating the motor winding currents. The
controller 150 can e a second higher resolution signal 389 from a shaft encoder
sensor 390 indicating a precise rotational on of the pump screw 34]. From the
current motor ation phase position 387 and the current rotational position 389,
the controller 150 can calculate the appropriate drive signal 339 (both magnitude and
polarity) to cause the necessary rotational change in the motor shaft 337 to cause the
PCT/U52015/033839
appropriate position change in the pump screw 341 to achieve the desired pumping
action. By varying the magnitude of the drive signal 339, the ller 150 can vary
the pumping rate (i.e., how often the pumping cycle s) and by varying the
rotational direction changes, the controller 150 can vary the g stroke volume
(e.g., by varying how far the pump driver 334 moves during a . Generally
speaking, the cyclical g rate regulates the pulsatile rate at which the ion
fluid 108 is provided to the liver, while (for a given rate) the pumping stroke regulates
the volume of perfusion fluid provided to the liver.
Both the rate and stroke volume affect the flow rate, and indirectly the
pressure, of the perfusion fluid 108 to the liver. As described herein, the system 600
can include three flow rate sensors 134, 136 and 138. and three pressure sensors 126,
128, and 130. The sensors 134, 136, and 138 can provide corresponding flow rate
signals 135, 137 and 139 to the controller 150. Similarly, the sensors 126, 128 and
130 can provide corresponding pressure signals 129, 131 and 133 to the controller
150. The controller 150 can use all of these s in ck to ensure that the
commands that it is providing to the perfusion pump 106 have the desired effect on
the system 600. In some instances, the controller 150 can generate various alarms in
response to a signal indicating that a particular flow rate or fluid re is outside an
acceptable range. Additionally, employing multiple sensors enables the controller 150
to distinguish between a mechanical issue (c.g., a conduit blockage) with the system
600 and a biological issue with the liver.
While the above discloses the use of three pressure sensors, this is not
required. In many of the embodiments described herein only two pressure sensors are
used (e.g., pressure sensors 130a, 13%). In this instance, the input for the third
pressure sensor can be ignored. However, in some embodiments of the system
sed herein a third re sensor can be used to measure the pressure in the
perfusion fluid flowing from the inferior vena cava (or elsewhere in the system 100).
In this instance, the controller 150 can process the pressure signal from the sensor as
described above.
The pumping system 153 can be configured to control the position of the
pump driver 334 during each moment of the pumping cycle to allow for finely tuned
pumping rate and volumetric profiles. This can enable the pumping system 153 to
PCT/U52015/033839
supply perfusion fluid 108 to the liver with any desired pulsatile pattern. According to
one illustrative embodiment, the rotational position of the shaft 337 can be sensed by
the shaft encoder 390 and adjusted by the controller 150 at least about 100 increments
per revolution. In r illustrative embodiment, the rotational on of the shaft
337 is sensed by the shaft encoder 390 and adjusted by the controller 150 at least
about 1000 increments per revolution. According to a further illustrative embodiment,
the rotational position of the shaft 337 is sensed by the shaft encoder 390 and adjusted
by the controller 150 at least about 2000 increments per revolution. The position of
the pump screw 341 and thus the pump driver 334 can be calibrated initially to a
reference on of the pump screw 341.
As described above, the system 600 can be manually controlled using the
controller 150. However, some or all of the control of the system can be automated
and performed by the controller 150. For example, the controller 150 can be
configured to automatically control the pump 106 flow of the perfusion fluid (e.g.,
pressure flow rate), the solution pump 631, the pump 106, the gas exchanger 1 14, the
heater 1 10, and/or the flow clamp 190. Control of the system 600 can be
accomplished using minimal, or even no intervention by the user. For example, the
controller 150 can be programmed with one or more predetermined es and/or
can use information from the various s in the system 600 to implement open
and/or closed feedback loops. For example, if the controller ines that the
oxygenation level of the perfusion fluid flowing out of the NC is too low or the C02
level is too high, the controller 150 can adjust the supply of gas to the gas exchanger
1 14 accordingly. As another example, the controller 150 can control the infusion of
one or more ons based on the sensor 140 and/or any other sensor in the system
600. As a still further e, if the controller senses that the liver is producing too
much C02, the controller can reduce the temperature of the liver to 35° C (assuming it
was previously being maintained as a higher temperature) to reduce the metabolic
rate, and accordingly the rate of C02 production or 02 consumption. As yet another
example, the ller 150 can modulate gas flow to the gas ger 1 14 based on
measurements from one or more sensors in the system 600.
In some embodiments, the controller 150 can be configured to l aspects
of the system 600 as a function of lactate value in the perfusion fluid. In one
embodiment, multiple perfusion fluid lactate values can be obtained over time. For
PCT/U52015/033839
example, a user can withdraw a perfusion fluid sample and use an external blood gas
analyzer to determine a lactate value and/or the system 600 can use an onboard lactate
sensor (e.g., a e sensor located in the measurement drain 2804). The lactate
value can be measured in the IVC or elsewhere and can be repeated at predetermined
time intervals (e.g., every 30 minutes). The controller 150 can analyze the trend of the
lactate values overtime. If the lactate is trending down or staying relatively even, this
can be an indication that the liver is being properly perfused. If the lactate is trending
upwards, this can be in indication of improper perfusion, which can result in the
controller 150 increasing pump flow, adjusting the rate of infused vasodilator, and/or
modifying the gas flow to the gas exchanger 1 l4.
ting the control process can provide many benefits including providing
finer control over the parameters of the system, which can result in a healthier liver
and/or reducing the burden on the user.
In some embodiments, the system 600 can include a global positioning device
to track the geographic location of the system.
C. Exemplary single use module
Turning now to the single use module, an ary ment is bed
herein as the single-use module 634, although other embodiments are possible. As
noted above, this portion of the system 600 typically ns at least all of the
components of the system 600 that come into contact with biological material such as
the pcrfusate along with various peripheral components, flow conduits, sensors, and
support onics used in connection with the same. Afier the system 600 is used to
transport an organ, the single-use module can be d from the system 600 and
discarded. A new (and sterile) single-use module can be installed into the system 600
to transport a new organ. In some ments, the module 634 does not include a
processor, d relying on the controller 150, which can be distributed between the
front end interface circuit board 636, the power circuit board 720, the operator
interface module 146, and the main circuit board 718, for control. However, in some
embodiments, the single-use module can include its own controller/processor (e.g., on
the front end t board 637).
ing to FIGS. l3A-13I—l, an exemplary single use module 634 is shown.
FIGS. l3M-R show another exemplary single use module 634 with an alternatively
PCT/U52015/033839
shaped organ chamber 104. Note, however, in some of the views certain components
have been omitted to clarify the drawings (e.g., some of the tubing connectors, ports,
and/or clamps have been omitted).
The single-use module 634 can e a s 635 having upper 750a and
lower 750b sections. The upper section 750a can include a rm 752 for
supporting various components. The lower section 750b can t the platform 752
and can include ures for pivotably connecting with the multiple use module 650.
The lower chassis section 750b can include a C-shaped mount 656 for rigidly
mounting the perfusion fluid pump interface assembly 300, and the projection 662 for
sliding into and snap fitting with the slot 660. In some embodiments, the lower
chassis section 750b can also provide structures for mounting parts of the perfusion
circuit including the following components: gas exchanger 1 14, heater assembly 1 10,
reservoir 160, perfusate flow compliance chambers 184, 186. In some embodiments,
the lower chassis n 750b can also contain, via appropriate ng hardware,
various sensors such as the sensor 140, the flow rate sensors 136, I38a, 138b, and the
pressure sensors 130a, 13%. The lower chassis section 750b can also mount the front
end circuit board 637. This embodiment is exemplary only, and components listed
above as being part of the lower s section 750b can be located elsewhere such
as in the upper section 750a (c.g., the pressure sensors 130a, 13%).
The upper chassis section 750a can e the platform 752. The platform
752 can include handles 753a and 753b formed therein to assist in ling and
removing the single use module 634 from the multiple use module 650, gh the
handles can be d elsewhere in the single use module 634. The platform 752 can
include one or more orifices (e.g., 717) to allow tubing and/or other components to
pass therethrough. The platform 752 can also include one or more integrally formed
brackets (e.g., 716) to hold components in place atop the platform 752, such as the
fluid injection and/or sampling ports described more fully below. The upper chassis
section 750a can also include a flow clamp 190 for regulating the flow of perfusion
fluid to the portal vein, as described more fully below. The organ chamber assembly
104 can be configured to mount to the platform 752 via one or more supports 719.
Referring specifically to 1, the organ chamber assembly 104 can be mounted
so that the left and right sides (relative to the main drain) are at imately a 15°
angle with respect to the platform 752. Doing so can help perfusion fluid drain from
WO 87737 PCT/USZOIS/O33839
the organ chamber assembly 104, especially during transient conditions that can be
encountered during transport (e.g., takeoff and landing in an ne).
1. Organ chamber
The system 600 can include an organ chamber that is configured to hold an ex
vivo organ. The design of the organ chamber can vary depending on the type of
organ. For example, the design of the organ r can vary depending on whether,
for example, it is being used to transport a liver, a heart, and/or lungs. While the
following description focuses on an organ chamber 104 that is configured to transport
a liver, this embodiment is exemplary only, and other configurations are possible. For
example, other configurations of the organ chamber 104 can also be used to transport
a liver.
a) Shape/drain structure
Referring to FIGS. 14A — 14H, an exemplary embodiment of the organ
chamber 104 is shown from multiple views. In this embodiment, the organ chamber
104 includes a base 2802, a front piece 2816, a removable lid 2820, and a support
surface 2810 (which is bed in detail with t to FIGS. 15A — 15D). In
some embodiments, the organ chamber 104 can also include a pad 4500 to support the
liver. The bottom of the organ chamber 104 can be configured with a quasi-funnel
shape where the sides of the funnel are angled at approximately 15° relative to the
platform 752, this is illustrated more clearly in 1.
The general level, the base member 2802 can e one or more drains (e.g.,
2804, 2806), one more orifices (c.g., 2830) for tubing, connectors, and/or instruments
to be inserted inside ofthe organ chamber 104 while the lid (e.g., 2820) is closed, one
or more hinge portions (e.g., 2832), and one or more ng brackets (e.g., 2834).
In some embodiments, as shown in ], the mounting brackets 2834 are molded.
In some embodiments, the base member 2802 is configured to fit and support the
t e 2810, on which the liver typically rests. The organ chamber 104 and
the support surface 2810 can be made from any suitable polymer plastic, for example,
rbonate.
The base 2802 of chamber 2204 can be shaped and positioned within the
system 600 to facilitate the drainage of the perfusion medium from the liver 101. The
PCT/U52015/033839
organ chamber 104 can have two drains: measurement drain 2804, and main drain
2806, which can receive overflow from the measurement drain. The measurement
drain 2804 can drain perfusate at a rate of about 0.5 L/min, considerably less than
perfusion fluid 250 flow rate through liver 10] of between and 1-3 L/min. The
measurement drain 2804 can lead to sensor 140, which can measure SaOz, hematocrit
, and/or temperature, and then leads on to reservoir 160. The main drain 2806
can lead directly to the defoamer/filter 161 without passing through the sensor 140.
In some embodiments, the sensor 140 cannot obtain accurate measurements unless
perfusion fluid 108 is substantially free of air bubbles. In order to achieve a bubble-
free column of perfusate, base 2802 is shaped to collect perfusion fluid 108 draining
from liver 101 into a pool that ts above the measurement drain 2804. The
perfusate pool typically allows air bubbles to dissipate before the perfusate enters
drain 2804. The formation of a pool above drain 2804 can be promoted by optional
wall 2808, which can lly block the flow of perfusate from measurement drain
2804 to main drain 2806 until the perfusate pool is large enough to ensure the
dissipation of bubbles from the flow. Main drain 2806 can be lower than measurement
drain 2804, so once perfusate overflows the depression surrounding drain 2804, it
flows around and/or over wall 2808, to drain from main drain 2806.
In an alternate embodiment of the dual drain system, other systems are used to
collect ion fluid into a pool that feeds the ement drain. In some
embodiments, the flow from the liver is ed to a vessel, such as a small cup 2838,
which feeds the measurement drain. The cup 2838 fills with perfusion fluid, and
excess blood overflows the cup and is directed to the main drain and thus to the
reservoir pool. In this embodiment, the cup 2838 performs a on similar to that of
wall 2808 in the embodiment described above by forming a small pool of ion
fluid from which bubbles can dissipate before the perfusate flows into the
measurement drain on its way to the oxygen sensor. In still other embodiments of the
measurement drain, a gradual depression can be formed in the bottom of the base
2802 around the measurement drain 2804 that performs the same function as the cup
described above.
The top of organ chamber 104 can be covered with a scalable lid that includes
front piece 2816, removable lid 2820, inner lid with sterile drape (not shown), and
sealing piece 2818. The removable lid 2820 can be cly and removably coupled
PCT/U52015/033839
to the base member 2802 via hinge ns 2832. The sealing piece 2818 can seal
the front piece 2816 and/or base 2802 to lid 2820 to create a fluid and/or airtight seal.
The sealing piece 2818 can be made out of, for example, rubber and/or foam. In some
embodiments, the front piece 2816 and lid 2820 is rigid enough to protect the liver
] from physical contact, indirect or direct.
An alternative embodiment of the organ r is shown from multiple
views in FIGS. l4l-S. In this embodiment, the base 2802 of the organ chamber 104
has a different shape. FIGS. l4l-l4K show a top views, FIGS. l4L-I4O show side
views, FIGS. 14P-14R show bottom views, and S shows a break out of the
alternative embodiment. The organ chamber 104 includes a base 2802, an organ
t surface 2810, and a removable lid 2820.
For example, the top of the organ chamber can be covered with a single
scalable lid 2820. The ble lid can be hingedly and removably coupled to the
organ chamber base member via hinge portions 2832. The lid is fastened to the base
through a series of latches 2836 or other mechanisms. The sealing piece 2818 of the
lid can be made of rubber and/or foam, and it can seal the lid to the base to create a
fluid or airtight seal. The combination of the lid and base is rigid enough to protect the
liver from direct or indirect physical contact. The organ chamber contains orifices
(e.g., 2830) for conduit connections for cannulated vessels, including the HA, PV and
bile duct. The organ chamber contains a structure 2840 positioned above the
measurement drain 2804 that holds the end of the IVC in place during transport of the
organ. This ure directs the perfusate exiting from the IVC cannula to the
measurement drain.
In an alternate embodiment (not , the organ chamber 104 can include a
double lid system that includes an inner lid and an outer lid. More particularly, in one
embodiment, the organ chamber assembly can include a housing, an outer lid and an
intermediate lid. The housing can include a bottom and one or more walls for
containing the organ. The ediate lid can cover an opening to the housing for
substantially enclosing the organ within the housing, and can include a frame and a
flexible membrane suspended within the frame. The flexible membrane can be
transparent, opaque, ucent, or substantially arent. In some embodiments,
the flexible membrane includes sufficient excess membrane material to contact an
organ contained within the chamber. This e can enable a medical operator to
PCT/U52015/033839
touch/examine the organ ctly through the membrane while still maintaining
ity of the system and the organ. For example, the area of the membrane in the
ediate lid can be loo-300% larger than the area defined by the intermediate lid
frame or have an area that is 100-300% larger than a two-dimensional area occupied
by the liver. In some embodiments, the flexible membrane can be selected so that an
operator can m an ultrasound of the liver through the membrane while
ining the sterility and/or environment of the chamber.
In some embodiments, the intermediate lid can be hinged to the housing. The
intermediate lid can also include a latch for securing the intermediate lid closed over
the opening of the organ r. The outer lid may be similarly hinged and latched
or completely ble. In some configurations, gaskets are provided for forming a
fluid and/or airtight seal between the intermediate lid frame and the one or more organ
chamber walls, and/or for forming a fluid and/or airtight seal between the periphery of
the outer lid and the frame of the intermediate lid. In this manner, the environment
surrounding the liver 10] can be maintained regardless of whether the outer lid is
open.
Covering the organ chamber 104 can serve to minimize the exchange of gases
between perfusion fluid 108 and t air, can help ensure that the oxygen probes
measure the desired oxygen values (c.g., values corresponding to pcrfusate exiting the
liver 101), and can help maintain sterility. The closing of organ chamber 2204 can
also serve to reduce heat loss from the liver. Heat loss can be erable because of
the large surface area of the liver. Heat loss can be an important issue during transport
of the liver when the system 600 may be placed into relatively low temperature
environments, such as a vehicle, or the rs when moving the system 600 into
and out of a vehicle. Furthermore, prior to transplantation, system 600 may be
temporarily placed in a hospital holding area or in an operating theater, both of which
typically have temperatures in the range of 15-22° C. At such ambient temperatures,
it is ant to reduce heat loss from organ chamber 2204 in order to allow heater
230 to maintain the desired pcrfusate and liver temperature. Scaling the liver 101 in
the organ chamber 2204 can also help to maintain uniformity of the temperature
through liver 101.
ing also to FIGS. ISA—15D shows an exemplary embodiment of support
surface 2810 that is configured to support the liver 10]. This embodiment includes
PCT/U52015/033839
drainage channels 2812, drain 2814, and orifices 2815. The drainage channels 2812
are configured to channel perfusate draining from the liver 10] and guide it toward
the drain 2814. In some embodiments, when the support surface 2810 is led in
the base 2802, the drain 2814 is located above and/or in the proximity of
measurement drain 2804 thereby ensuring that a substantial amount of the pcrfusate
108 drains from the support surface 2810 into the measurement drain 2804. The
orifices 2815 are configured to e supplemental areas for the perfusion to drain
from the support surface 2810. Additionally, the t e 2810 can be
configured to be used with the pad 4500 (described below). The support surface 2810
can also include orifices 2813 that can be used to secure the pad 4500 using, for
example, screws or rivets. In some embodiments, when the support e 2810 is
installed in the organ chamber 104, it is installed so that it rests at approximately a 5-
degrce angle ve to horizontal, although other angles can be used (e.g., 0—60
degrees).
Referring to FIGS. 16F-l 61, in an alternate embodiment, the support surface
4700 is a flexible material that supports and cushions the organ, and support surface
2810 is omitted. The material is of a composition such that is provides a compliant,
smooth surface on which the sensitive liver tissue can rest. The surface can be
perforated in a manner, i.e. the number, arrangement and diameter of the perforations,
to allow for drainage from the liver while providing an atraumatic surface for the liver
tissue. In this or other ments, the support 4700 is a layer of materials,
ing a top layer 4706 and a bottom layer 4708 of a compliant material 4706 and
an inner layer that is a frame 4702 of malleable metal substrate (c.g., aluminum). In
some embodiments, the top layer 4706 and bottom layer 4708 can be made out of
polyurethane foam and/or a cellular silicone foam.
The assembly is supported by the organ chamber base 2802, suspending the
t surface 4700 above the bottom of the organ chamber base2802 at an
appropriate height to provide displacement by the weight of the organ. The frame
4702 of the support surface 4700 can be held in place to the organ r base 2802
through the use of ers 4704, such as molded pins, rivets, screws, or other
hardware, that are inserted through openings 4610 in the frame 4702.
In some embodiments, the malleable metal frame 4702 extends into
projections 4712. The projections 4712 may also be enclosed by the top layer 4706
WO 87737 PCT/U52015/033839
and bottom layer 4708. The projections 4712 can be formed into positions to
surround the liver to stabilize the position of the liver in the x, y and z axes. By
bending the projections 4712, the user can selectively support the liver in a manner
that mimics how the liver is supported in the human body. In some embodiments,
portions of the frame 4702 can be tapered and terminated with a circle, as shown in
0. The ng of the portions of the frame 4702 can: i) allow the
projections 4712 to be curled more easier and reduce, or even eliminate, the
possibility of ng, and ii) reduce weight of the support surface 4700. The circle
can provide a e that is easily held by the user. The tapered shape of the portions
of the frame 4702 can be specifically selected to facilitate its rolling to conform to a
natural are rather than a fold or bend. The projections 4712 can be of any shape
desired to surround the liver. In use, the liver is placed on the top layer 4706 of the
support surface 4700, ng the support surface 4700 to s. Then, the
projections 4712 may be formed into positions to surround the liver.
b) Stabilization of liver
In some embodiments, the liver can be stabilized during transport by one or
more s that are designed to support and keep the liver in place without
damaging the liver by applying undue pressure thereto. For example, in some
embodiments the system 600 can use a soft stabilizing liver pad (e.g., 4500) to
support the liver along with a wrap/tarp (e.g., 4600). In some embodiments, the
stabilization system can allow some movement of liver up to a predetermined limit
(e.g., the system can allow the liver to move up to 2 inches in any direction). In some
embodiments the surface on which the liver rests can have a low friction surface,
which can also help reduce damage to the liver. The side of the pad in contact with
the support surface 2810 can have a high friction surface to help hold the pad in place.
The pad can be ed to form a cradle that selectively and controllably
supports the liver 101 without ng undue pressure to the liver 101. That is, were
the liver 101 merely placed on the support surface 2810 without anything more,
physical damage could result to the portions of the liver on which the liver is resting
during transport. For example, the pad can be formed from a material resilient
enough to cushion the liver from mechanical vibrations and shocks during transport.
WO 87737 PCT/U52015/033839
An exemplary ment of the stabilizing liver pad and wrap is shown as
pad 4500 in FIGS. l6A-16E and wrap 4600 in D. The pad 4500 can include
two layers: a top layer 4502 and a bottom layer 4504. In some embodiments, the top
layer 4502 can be made out of polyurethane foam and the bottom layer 4504 can be
made out of cellular silicone foam. In this embodiment, the top layer 4502 can be 6
mm thick and the bottom layer 4504 can be 3/16” thick, although other thicknesses
and materials can be used. The top layer 4502 and the bottom layer 4504 can be
bonded to one r using adhesive such as MOMENTIVE Silicone RTV l 18
silicone. The shape of the pad 4500 can be zed for the liver (e.g., as shown in
A). For example, the shape of the pad 4500 can include curved comers and
one or more fingers (e.g., 4506, 4508, 4510, 4512, 4514, and 4516). The pad 4500
can also include one or more holes 4520 through which the pad 4500 can be secured
to the support surface 2810 using, for e, rivets and/or screws. In some
embodiments, the pad 4500 can be approximately 16 x 12 inches in size, although
other sizes are possible.
Sandwiched between the top layer 4502 and the bottom layer 4504 can be a
deformable metal substrate 4518. The deformable substrate 4518 can be constructed
out of a rigid yet pliable material such as metal, although other materials can be used.
In some embodiments, the deformable substrate 4518 is aluminum 1 100-0 that is
0.04” thick. The ate 4518 can be configured so that it is lated easily by
the user, but resists changes to its positioning due to vibration or impact of the liver.
The deformable substrate 4518 can include fingers 4522, 4524, 4526, 4528, 4530,
4532 that correspond to the fingers 4506, 4508, 4510, 4512, 4514, 4516, respectively.
By bending the various fingers in the pad 4500, the user can selectively support the
liver in a manner that mimics how the liver supported in the human body. An
exemplary embodiment of the pad 4500 with the fingers in a curled position is shown
in D. In some embodiments, each of the fingers in the deformable substrate
4518 can be tapered (e.g., as shown by 4534) and terminated with a circle. The
tapering of the fingers in the substrate 4518 can i) allow the fingers to be curled easier
and reduce, or even eliminate the possibility of the finger creasing while being bent,
and ii) reduce weight of the pad 4500. The circle can provide a surface that is easily
held by the user. The tapered shape of the fingers can be specifically selected to
PCT/U52015/033839
facilitate a rolling of the pad finger to conform to a natural are rather than a fold or
bend.
Referring to FIGS. l6F-l6J, in an alternate embodiment, the stabilizer may be
comprised of three . The top layer 4706 and the bottom layer 4708 may be made
of cellular silicone foam. Each foam layer can be 3/16” thick, although other
thicknesses and materials can be used. The inner layer is a frame 4702 of a
deformable metal substrate in the form of a narrow frame. The frame 4702 can be
constructed out of a rigid yet pliable material such as metal, although other materials
can be used. In some embodiments, the frame 4702 is aluminum 1 100-0 that is 0.04”
thick. The frame 4702 can be configured so that it is manipulated easily by the user,
but resists changes to its positioning due to vibration or impact of the liver.
The top layer 4706 and the bottom layer 4708 can be bonded to one r
and to the frame 4702 using adhesive such as IVE Silicone RTV 1 l8
silicone. The top and bottom layers 4706, 4708 cover the area inside the frame 4702,
thereby creating a compliant t surface 4700 on which the liver is located for
transport. The shape of the support surface 4700 can be optimized for the liver. For
example, the shape of the support surface 4700 can include curved comers and one or
more tions 4712 to constrain the movement of the liver during transport. In
some embodiments, a wrap 4600 can be placed over the liver to hold it in place during
transport and in moisture in the liver. For example, as shown in D, the
wrap 4600 can be attached to the pad on one side (c.g., the right side in D) and
the remaining portion of the wrap can be draped over the liver. In other
embodiments, the wrap can be secured on multiple edges or all edges. The wrap 4600
may also be used with flexible support surface 4700. In some embodiments, the wrap
can perform one or more functions such as securing the liver during transplant,
helping maintain sterility, and preserving the moisture in the liver by acting as a vapor
barrier. The wrap can be made out of a polyurethane sheet and can be opaque or clear
to facilitate visual inspection of the liver. The size of the wrap 4600 can vary. For
e, it can have a length that is between 0.5 and 24 inches and a width that is
between 0.5 and 24 inches.
2. General description of perfusion circuit
As bed above, the liver has two blood supply sources: the hepatic artery
and the portal vein, which provide approximately 1/3 and 2/3 of the blood supply to
PCT/U52015/033839
the liver, respectively. Typically, when comparing the blood supply ed by the
c artery and the portal vein, the hepatic artery provides a blood supply with a
higher pressure yet low flow rate and the portal vein provides a blood supply with a
lower-pressure yet high flow rate. Also, typically, the hepatic artery provides a
pulsatile flow of blood to the liver whereas the portal vein does not.
The system 600 can be configured to supply perfusion solution to the liver in a
manner that simulates the human body (e.g., the proper pressures, volumes, and
ile flows) using a single pump. For example, in a normal flow mode, the system
600 can circulate the perfusion fluid to the liver in the same manner as blood would
circulate in the human body. More particularly, the perfusion fluid enters the liver
h the hepatic artery and the portal vein and flows away from the liver via the
IVC. In normal flow mode, the system 100 pumps the perfusion fluid to the liver 102
at a near physiological rate of between about 1-3 L/min, although in some
embodiments the range can be 1.1 — 1.75 L/min (although the system can also be
configured to provide flow rates outside of this range, e.g., 0-10 L/min). Each of the
foregoing numbers is the total flow per minute provided to the hepatic artery and
portal vein.
Referring to , an exemplary embodiment of a ion set 100 is
shown. The perfusion set 100 can include a reservoir 160, a one-way valve 191, a
pump 106, a one-way valve 310, compliance chambers 184, 186, a gas exchanger
1 14, a heater 1 10, flow meters 136, 138a, 138b, a divider 105, a flow clamp 190
pressure sensors 130a, 130b, organ chamber 104, a sensor 140, defoamer/filter 161,
and tubing/interfaces to connect the same. The liver can also be connected to a bag
187 the collects bile produced therefrom. In some ments, the ion set 100
is contained entirely within the single use module 634, although this is not required.
In some embodiments, the or vena cava (IVC) is cannulated so that flow from
the IVC can be directed to a conduit in which the IVC pressure, flow, and oxygen
saturation can be measured. In other ments, the IVC is not cannulated and
perfusatc flows freely from the IVC into the organ chamber 104 (and ultimately into
the s) in the organ chamber 104).
In one embodiment, perfusion fluid flows from the reservoir 160 to valve 191
and then to the pump 106. After pump 106, the perfusion can flow to one-way valve
310 to compliance chamber 184. Afier compliance chamber 184, the perfusion fluid
PCT/U52015/033839
can flow to the gas ger 1 l4 and on to the heater 1 10. After the heater 1 10 the
perfusion fluid can flow to the flow meter 136 which is configured to measure the
flow rate at that part of the perfusion circuit. After the flow meter 136 the perfusion
fluid flows to the divider 105, which can divide the flow of the perfusion fluid into
branches 313 and 315. In some embodiments, the divider 105 can split the flow
between the hepatic artery and the portal vein at a ratio of between 1:2 and 1:3.
Branch 313 is ultimately provided to the portal vein of the liver whereas branch 315 is
ultimately ed to the hepatic artery of the liver. The branch 313 can include
flow meter 138a and the compliance r 186 which provides perfusion fluid to
the flow clamp 190. From the flow clamp 190 the perfusion fluid can flow to the
pressure sensor 130a before being provided to the portal vein of the liver. The branch
315 can include a flow meter 138b which es perfusion fluid to the pressure
meter 130b before being provided to the c artery of the liver. After perfusion
fluid exits the liver, some of the perfusion fluid is collected by the measurement drain
2804 and the remainder is collected by the main drain 2806. The ion fluid
ted by the measurement drain 2804 can be provided to the sensor 140. Perfusion
fluid exiting the sensor 140 can be provided to the defoamer/filter 161. The perfusion
fluid collected by the drain 2806 can be provided directly to the defoamer/filter 161.
Perfusion fluid exiting the defoamer/filter 161 can be provided to the reservoir 160.
Additionally, bile produced by the liver can be collected in a bag 187.
In some embodiments, the system 100 has at least 1.6 L of perfusion fluid (or
other fluid) in it when operating.
3. Reservoir
The single use module 634 can include a perfusate reservoir 160 that is
mounted below the organ chamber 104. The reservoir 160 can be configured to store
and filter ion fluid 108 as it circulates through the perfusion set 100. Reservoir
160 can include one or more one-way valves (not shown) that prevent the flow of
ion fluid in the wrong direction. In some embodiments, the reservoir 160 has a
minimum capacity of 2 L, although smaller capacities can be used. In some
embodiments, the reservoir 160 can include a filter (shown separately in as
defoamer/filter 161) that is designed to trap particles in the perfusion fluid 108. In
some embodiments, the filter is configured to trap particles in the perfusion fluid 108
PCT/U52015/033839
that are greater than 20 microns. In some embodiments, the reservoir 160 includes a
defoamer (shown separately in as defoamer/filter 161) that reduces and/or
eliminates foam generated from the perfusion fluid 108. In some embodiments, the
reservoir 160 can be made of a clear material and can include level markings so that a
user may estimate the volume of the perfusion fluid in the reservoir 160. In some
embodiments, the reservoir 160 can be configured to allow for a minimum of 4.5 L
per minute a fluid ingress from the organ chamber 104, although other flow rates are
possible. In some embodiments, the reservoir 160 es a vent to the atmosphere
that includes a e barrier (not shown).
The reservoir 160 can be positioned within the system 600 in various
ons. For example, the reservoir 160 can be located above the liver, completely
below the liver, partially below the liver, next to the liver, etc. Thus, one potential
benefit some embodiments described herein is that the reservoir can be positioned
below the liver since a gravity-induced pressure head in the perfusion fluid is not
required.
4. Valves
In some embodiments, the valves 191 and 310 are one-way valves configured
to ensure that the perfusion fluid in the system 100 flows in the correct direction
through the system 100. Exemplary embodiments of the valves I91 and 310 are
bed above with respect to the pump 106.
. Perfusion fluid pump
An exemplary embodiments of the pump 106 is described more fully above
with respect to FIGS. 6A-6E. As described above, in some embodiments, the pump is
split between the le use module 650 and the single use module 634. For
example, the single use module 634 can e the pump interface assembly while
the multiple use module 650 includes the pump driver n.
6. Compliance chamber
While the pump 106 es a generally pulsatile output, the characteristics
of that flow are typically adapted to match the flow typically provided by the human
body to the liver. For example, the portal vein lly does not provide a pulsatile
flow of blood to a liver when the liver is in vivo. Thus, in some embodiments, in order
PCT/U52015/033839
to provide a non-pulsatile flow of perfusion fluid to the portal vein of the liver, one or
more compliance rs can be used to mitigate the pulsatile flow ted by the
pump 106. In some embodiments, the compliance chambers are essentially small in-
line fluid accumulators with e, resilient walls for simulating the human body’s
vascular compliance. The compliance chambers can aid the system 600 by more
accurately mimicking blood flow in the human body, for example, by
filtering/reducing fluid pressure spikes due, for example, to the flow profile from the
pump 106. In the embodiment of system 600 described herein, two compliance
rs are used: compliance chamber 184 and 186. Various characteristics of the
compliance chambers can be varied to achieve the desired result. For example, the
combination i) a pressure versus volume relationship, and ii) the overall volume of the
compliance chamber can affect the mance of the compliance r.
Preferably the characteristics of the respective ance chambers are chosen to
achieve the desired effect.
In some embodiments, the compliance chamber 184 is located between the
valve 310 and the gas exchanger 1 14 and operates to partially smooth the pulsatile
output of the pump 106. For example, the compliance chamber 184 can be configured
such that the flow of perfusion fluid ultimately ed to the c artery of the
liver mimics that of the human body. In some embodiments, the compliance chamber
184 can be omitted if the output of the pump 106 results in a perfusate flow to the
hepatic artery that closely mimics that of the human body.
In some embodiments, the compliance chamber 186 is located between the
divider 105 and the flow clamp 190. The compliance chamber 186 can operate to
substantially reduce, or even ate the pulsatile nature of the flow of perfusion
fluid ultimately provided to the portal vein. Additionally, while the compliance
chamber 186 is positioned before the flow clamp 190 in the branch 313, this is not
required. For example, flow clamp 190 can come before the compliance chamber 186.
In this embodiment, however, it may be desirable to adjust the parameters of the
compliance chamber 186.
7. Gas exchanger
The system 600 can also include a gas exchanger 1 14 (also referred to herein
as an oxygenator) that is configured to, for e, remove C02 from the perfusion
PCT/U52015/033839
fluid and add 02. The gas exchanger 1 14 can receive input gas from an external or
onboard source (e.g., gas supply 172 or oxygen concentrator) through a gas regulator
and/or a gas flow chamber which can be a pulse-width modulated solenoid valve that
controls gas flow, or any other gas control device that allows for precise control of gas
flow rate. In some embodiments, the gas exchanger 1 14 is a standard membrane
oxygenator, such as the interventional lung assist membrane ventilator from
NOVALUNG or member of the Quadrox series from Maquet of Wayne, NJ. 1n the
illustrative embodiment, the gas can be a blend of oxygen, carbon dioxide, and
nitrogen. An exemplary blend of gas is: 80% 02, 0.1% C02, and the balance N2 with
a blend process accuracy of 0.030%. In some embodiments, the operation of the gas
ger, regulator, and/or gas flow chamber can be controlled by the controller 150
using the output of the sensor 140.
In some embodiments, the oxygenator 1 14 can have an oxygen er rate of
27.5 mme/LPM minute at a blood flow of 500 mme at standard conditions. The
ator 1 14 can also have a carbon dioxide er rate of 20 mme at a blood
flow rate of 500 mme at standard conditions. Standard conditions can be, for
example: gas = 100% 02, blood temp = 37.0 :t 0.5° C, obin = 12 i 1 mg%,
SvOz = 65 i 5 %, pC02 = 45 :l: 5mml—1g, and gas to blood ratio of 1:1). The above
values are exemplary only and not limiting. Transfer rates higher and/or lower than
the rate identified above can be used.
8. Heater/cooler
The perfusion set 100 can include one or more heaters that are configured to
maintain the temperature of the perfusion fluid 108 at a desired level. By warming
the perfusion fluid, and the flowing the warmed liquid through the liver, the liver
itself can also be warmed. While the heater can be capable of warming the perfusion
fluid to a wide range of temperatures (e.g., 0 — 50° C), lly, the heater warms the
ion fluid to a temperature of 30 — 37° C. In some more specific embodiments,
the heater can be configured warm the perfusion fluid to a temperature of 34 — 37° C,
35 — 37° C, or any other range that falls within 0 — 50° C. In some embodiments, the
ranges described herein can also extend to 42° C.
Referring to FIGS. ISA-180, an exemplary embodiment of a heater assembly
1 10 is shown. FlGS. 18A-1 8F depict s views of the perfusion fluid heater
PCT/U52015/033839
assembly 1 10. The heater ly 1 10 can include a housing 234 having an inlet
1 10a and an outlet 1 10b. As shown in both the longitudinal cross-sectional and the
lateral cross-sectional views, the heater assembly 1 10 can include a flow channel 240
extending n the inlet 110a and the outlet 110b. The heater assembly 1 10 can be
conceptualized as having upper 236 and lower 238 symmetrical halves. Accordingly,
only the upper halfis shown in an exploded view in F.
The flow channel 240 can be formed between first 242 and second 244 flow
channel plates. The inlet 1 10a can flow the perfusion fluid into the flow channel 240
and the outlet 1 10b can flow the ion fluid out of the heater 1 10. The first 242
and second 244 flow channel plates can have substantially rt perfusion fluid 108
contacting surfaces for providing direct contact with the perfusion fluid flowing
through the channel 240. The fluid contacting surfaces can be formed from a
treatment or coating on the plate or may be the plate surface itself. The heater
ly 1 10 can include first and second electric s 246 and 248, respectively.
The first heater 246 can be located adjacent to and can couple heat to a first heater
plate 250. The first heater plate 250, in turn, can couple the heat to the first flow
channel plate 242. Similarly, the second heater 248 can be located adjacent to and can
couple heat to a second heater plate 252. The second heater plate 252 can couple the
heat to the second flow channel plate 244. According to the illustrative embodiment,
the first 250 and second 252 heater plates can be formed from a material, such as
aluminum, that conducts and distributes heat from the first 246 and second 248
ic s, respectively, relatively uniformly. The uniform heat distribution of
the heater plates 250 and 252 can enable the flow channel plates to be formed from a
bioincrt material, such as titanium, reducing concern regarding its heat distribution
characteristic. The heater assembly 1 10 can also include O-rings 254 and 256 for fluid
scaling respective flow channel plates 242 and 244 to the housing 234 to form the
flow channel 240. In some embodiments the function of the heater plate and flow
l plate are combined in a single plate.
The heater assembly 1 10 can further include first assembly brackets 258 and
260. The ly bracket 258 can mount on the top side 236 of the heater assembly
1 10 over a periphery of the electric heater 246 to ch the heater 246, the heater
plate 250 and the flow channel plate 242 between the assembly bracket 258 and the
housing 234. The bolts 262a-262j can fit through corresponding through holes in the
PCT/U52015/033839
bracket 258, electric heater 246, heater plate 250 and flow l plate 242, and
thread into ponding nuts 264a-264j to affix all of those ents to the
housing 234. The assembly bracket 260 can mount on the bottom side 238 of the
heater assembly 1 10 in a similar fashion to affix the heater 248, the heater plate 252
and the flow channel plate 244 to the g 234. A resilient pad 268 can interfit
within a periphery of the bracket 258. Similarly, a resilient pad 270 can interfit within
a periphery of the bracket 260. A bracket 272 can fit over the pad 268. The bolts
278a-278f can interfit through the holes 276a-276f, respectively, in the bracket 272
and thread into the nuts 280a-280f to compress the resilient pad 268 against the heater
246 to provide a more efficient heat transfer to the heater plate 250. The resilient pad
270 can be compressed against the heater 248 in a similar fashion by the bracket 274.
The illustrative heater assembly 1 10 can include temperature sensors 120 and
122 and dual-sensor 124. The dual sensor 124, which in practice can include a dual
thermistor sensor for providing fault tolerance, can measure the temperature of the
perfusion fluid 108 exiting the heater assembly 1 10, and can provide these
temperatures to the controller 150. As described in further detail with respect to the
heating subsystem 149, the signals from the sensors 120, 122 and 124 can be
employed in a feedback loop to l drive signals to the first 246 and/or second
248 heaters to l the temperature of the heaters 256 and 248. Additionally, to
ensure that heater plates 250 and 252 and, therefore, the blood contacting surfaces 242
and 244 of the heater plates 250 and 252 do not reach a temperature that might
damage the perfusion fluid, the rative heater assembly 1 10 can also include
temperature sensors/lead wires 120 and 122 for monitoring the temperature of the
heaters 246 and 248, respectively, and providing these temperatures to the controller
150. In practice, the sensors attached to sensors/lead wires 120 and 122 can be RTD
(resistance temperature device) based. The signals from the s attached to
sensors/lead wires 120 and 122 can be employed in a feedback loop to r control
the drive s to the first 246 and/or second 248 s to limit the maximum
temperature of the heater plates 250 and 252. As a fault protection, there can be
sensors for each of the heaters 246 and 248, so that if one should fail, the system can
continue to operate with the temperature at the other sensor.
The heater 246 of the heater assembly 110 can receive from the controller 150
drive signals 281a and 281b (collectively 28]) onto corresponding drive lead 282a.
PCT/U52015/033839
Similarly, the heater 248 receives from the controller 150 drive signals 283a and 283b
(collectively 283) onto drive lead 282b. The drive signals 281 and 283 control the
current to, and thus the heat generated by, the respective heaters 246 and 248. More
particularly, as shown in 0, the drive leads 282a includes a high and a low
pair, which connect across a resistive element 286 of the heater 246. The greater the
current ed through the resistive element 286, the hotter the resistive element
286 gets. The heater 248 operates in the same fashion with regard to the drive lead
282b. According to the illustrative embodiments, the element 286 has a resistance of
about 5 ohms. r, in other illustrative embodiments, the element may have a
ance of between about 3 ohms and about 10 ohms. The heaters 246 and 248 can
be controlled independently by the processor 150.
The heater assembly 1 10 housing components can be formed from a molded
plastic, for example, rbonate, and can weigh less than about one pound. More
particularly, the housing 234 and the brackets 258, 260, 272 and 274 can all be
formed from a molded plastic, for e, rbonate. According to another
feature, the heater assembly can be a single use disposable assembly.
In operation, the illustrative heater assembly 1 10 can use between about 1
Watt and about 200 Watts of power, and can be sized and shaped to transition
perfusion fluid 108 flowing through the l 240 at a rate of between about 300
ml/min and about 5 L/min from a temperature of less than about 30° C to a
temperature of at least 37° C in less than about 30 minutes, less than 25 minutes, less
than about 20 minutes, less than about 15 s, or even less than about 10 minutes,
without substantially causing hemolysis of cells, or denaturing proteins or otherwise
damaging any blood product ns of the perfusion fluid.
The heater assembly 1 10 can include housing components, such as the housing
234 and the brackets 258, 260, 272 and 274, that are formed from a polycarbonate and
weighs less than about 5 lb. In some embodiments, the heater assembly can weigh less
than 4 pounds. 1n the illustrative embodiment, the heater assembly 1 10 can have a
length 288 of about 6.6 inches, not including the inlet 1 10a and outlet 1 10b ports, and
a width 290 of about 2.7 inches. The heater assembly 1 10 can have a height 292 of
about 2.6 inches. The flow channel 240 of the heater assembly 1 10 can have a
nominal width 296 of about 1.5 , a l length 294 of about 3.5 inches, and
a nominal height 298 of about 0.070 inches. The height 298 and width 296 can be
PCT/U52015/033839
selected to provide for m heating of the perfusion fluid 108 as it passes through
the channel 240. The height 298 and width 296 are also selected to provide a cross-
scctional area within the channel 240 that is approximately equal to the inside cross-
sectional area of fluid conduits that carry the perfusion fluid 108 into and/or away
from the heater assembly 1 10. In one embodiment, the height 298 and width 296 are
selected to provide a sectional area within the channel 240 that is imately
equal to the inside cross-sectional area of the inlet fluid conduit 792 and/or
ntially equal to the inside cross-sectional area of the outlet fluid conduit 794.
Projections 257a-257d and 259a—259d can be included in the heater assembly
1 10 and can be used to receive a heat-activated adhesive for binding the heating
assembly to the multiple—use unit 650.
In addition to the heater 1 10, the system 100 can also e an additional
heater (not shown) that is placed inside the organ chamber 1 10 to provide heat (c.g., a
resistance heater).
9. Pressure/flow probes
In some embodiments, the system 600 can include pressure sensors I30a,
13% and flow sensors 138a, l38b. The probes and/or sensors can be obtained from
standard commercial sources. For example, the flow rate sensors 136, 138a, and 138b
can be ultrasonic flow sensors, such as those available from Transonic Systems Inc.,
Ithaca, NY. The fluid pressure probes 130a, 130b can be conventional, strain gauge
pressure s available from MS] or CE. mctrics. Alternatively, a pre-
calibratcd pressure transducer chip can be embedded into organ chamber connectors
and connected to the controller 150. In some embodiments, the sensors can be
configured to measure mean, instantaneous, and/or peak values flow/pressure .
In embodiments where a mean value is calculated, the system can be configured to
calculate the mean pressure using a running average sampled values. The sensors can
also be red to provide systolic and diastolic ements. While these are
shown as separate devices in , in some embodiments, a single device can
measure both pressure and flow. In some embodiments, the sensors can be
configured to measure pressures between 0 — 225 mmHg with an cy of at (7% +
mmHg) for each transducer. In some embodiments the flow sensor can be
configured to measure flow rates between 0-10 L/min with an accuracy ofi 12% +
2015/033839
0.140 L/min. In some embodiments the pressure and flow sensors can be configured
to sample the pressure/flow within the cannula tip, within the vessel, or in the tubing
prior to the cannula.
While there is a single sensor 13% and a single sensor 130a, these sensors can
e more than one pressure sensor. For example, in some embodiments, the
sensor 130a can include two pressure sensors for redundancy. In such an
embodiment, when both sensors are working the controller 150 can average the output
of both to determine the actual pressure. In embodiments where one of the two
re sensors in sensor 130a fails, the controller can ignore the malfunctioning
sensor.
As described more fully below with respect to FIGS. 23A—23K, the pressure
sensors can be contained in a housing 3010 of the connector 3000 (and rly on
the connector 3050).
10. Flow control
The system 600 can be configured to provide perfusate flow rates varying
from 0-10 L/min at the flow sensor 136 (e.g., before the r 105). In some
embodiments, the system can be configured to provide a flow rate of 0.6 — 4 L/min at
the flow sensor 136, or even more specifically, 1.1 — 1.75 L/min at the flow sensor
136. These ranges are exemplary only and the flow rate at the sensor 136 can be
provided within any range that falls within 0 — 10 L/min. The system 600 can be
configured to provide perfusate flow rates varying from 0 — 10 L/min, and more
specifically 0.25 — 1 L/min to the hepatic artery ofthe liver (e.g., as measured by the
flow sensor I30b). These ranges are exemplary only and the flow rate at c
artery can be provided within any range that falls within 0 — 10 L/min. The system
600 can be configured to provide perfusate flow rates varying from 0 — 10 L/min, and
more specifically 0.75 to 2 L/min to the portal vein of the liver (e.g., as measured by
the flow sensor 130a). These ranges are exemplary only and the flow rate at the
portal vein can be provided within any range that falls within 0 — 10 L/min.
In some embodiments, the system 100 can be capable of generating perfusate
flow h the perfusion module at rates of 0.3 — 3.5 L/min with at least 1.8 Liters
of perfusion fluid therein. In some ments, the pressure provided to the hepatic
artery via the branch 315 can be between 25-150 mmHg and more specifically
PCT/U52015/033839
between 50-120 mmHg, and the pressure ed to the portal vein via the branch
313 can be n 1-25 mmHg and more specifically 5-15 mmHg. These ranges are
exemplary only and the tive pressures can be provided within any range that
falls within 5 — 150 mmHg.
11. Perfusate sensors
The sensor 140 can sense one or more characteristics of the perfusion fluid
flowing from the liver by measuring the amount of light absorbed or reflected by the
perfusion fluid 108 when applied at multi-wavelengths. For example, the sensor 140
can be an 02 saturation, hematocrit, and/or temperature sensor. FIGS. C
depict an exemplary embodiment of the sensor 140. The sensor 140 can include an
in-line cuvette shaped section of tube 812 connected to the conduit 798, which can
have at least one optically clear window through which an infrared sensor can provide
infrared light. Exemplary embodiments of the sensor 140 can be the BLOP4 and/or
BLOP4 Plus probes from DATAMED SRL. The cuvette 812 can be a one-piece
molded part having connectors 801a and 801b. The connectors 8013 and 801b can be
configured to adjoin to connecting receptacles 803a and 803b, respectively, of conduit
ends 798a and 798b. This interconnection between cuvette 812 and conduit ends 798a
and 798b can be conflgmred so as to provide a substantially constant cross-sectional
flow area inside conduit 798 and cuvette 812. The configuration can thereby reduce,
and in some embodiments substantially removes, discontinuities at the interfaces 814a
and 814b between the cuvette 812 and the conduit 798. Reduction/removal of the
tinuities can enable the blood based perfusion fluid 108 to flow h the
cuvette with reduced lysing of red blood cells and reduced turbulence, which can
enable a more accurate reading of perfusion fluid oxygen levels. This can also reduce
damage to the perfusion fluid 108 by the system 600, which can ultimately reduce
damage done to the organ being transplanted.
The cuvette 812 can be formed from a light issive material, such as any
le light issive glass or polymer. As shown in A, the sensor 140
can also include an optical transceiver 816 for directing light waves at perfusion fluid
108 passing h the cuvette 812 and for measuring light transmission and/or light
reflectance to determine the amount of oxygen in the perfusion fluid 108. In some
ments a light transmitter can be located on one side of the cuvette 812 and a
PCT/U52015/033839
detector for measuring light transmission through the ion fluid 108 can be
located on an opposite side of the cuvctte 812. C s a top cross-sectional
view of the cuvcttc 812 and the transceiver 816. The transceiver 816 can fit around
cuvette 812 such that transceiver interior flat surfaces 811 and 813 mate against
cuvctte flat surfaces 821 and 823, respectively, while the interior convex surface 815
of transceiver 816 mates with the cuvcttc 812 convex surface 819. In operation, when
UV light is transmitted from the transceiver 816, it travels from flat surface 81 1
through the fluid 108 inside cuvette 812, and is received by flat surface 813. The flat
surface 813 can be configured with a detector for measuring the light ission
through the fluid 108.
In some embodiments, the sensor 140 can be configured to measure SvOz in
the range of 0-99%, although in some embodiments this can be limited to 50-99%. To
the extent that the sensor 140 also measures crit, the measurement range can
be from 0 — 99%, gh in some embodiments this can be d to 15 — 50%. In
some embodiments, the accuracy of the measurements made by the sensor 140 can be
at 5 units and ements can occur at least once every 10 seconds. In
embodiments of the sensor 140 that also e temperature, the measurement range
can be from 0 — 50° C.
In some embodiments, the system 600 can also include one or more lactate
sensors (not shown) that are configured to measure lactate in the perfusion fluid. For
example, a lactate sensor can be placed between the measurement drain 2804 and the
defoamer/filter 161, in branch 315, and/or in branch 313. In this configuration, the
system 600 can be configured to measure lactate values of the perfusion fluid before
and/or afier processing by the liver. In some embodiments, the lactate sensor can be
an e lactate analyzer probe. In some embodiments the lactate sensor can also be
al to the system 600 and use samples of the perfusion fluid withdrawn from a
sampling port.
In some embodiments the system 600 can also include one or more sensors
(e.g., the sensor 140 and/or other sensors such as a disposable blood gas is
probe) to measure pH, HCO3, p02, pC02, glucose, sodium, potassium, and/or
lactate. Exemplary sensors that can be used to measure the foregoing values include
off-the-shelf probes made by Sphere Medical of Cambridge, United Kingdom. As
described above, the sensor can be coupled to the measurement drain 2804.
PCT/U52015/033839
Alternatively, a piece of tubing can be used to route perfusion fluid to/from the
sensor. Some embodiments of the sensor use calibration fluid before and/or afier
performing a measurement. In embodiments using such sensors, the system can
include a valve that can be used to control the flow of calibration fluid to the sensor.
In some embodiments, the valve can be manually actuated and/or automatically
actuated by the controller 150. In some embodiments of the sensor, calibration fluid
is not used, which can result in a continuous sampling of the perfusion fluid.
In addition to using the foregoing s in a feedback loop to control the
system 600, some or all of the sensors can also be used to determine the viability of
IO the liver for lant.
In some embodiments, external blood analyzer s can also be used. In
these embodiments, blood samples can be drawn from ports in the branches 313, 315
(the ports are described more fully below). The blood samples can be provided for
is using standard hospital equipment (0. g. radiometer) or via point of care blood
gas analysis (e.g., I-STATI from Abbott Laboratories or the Epoc from Alere).
12. Sampling/infusion ports
The system 600 can include one or more ports that can be used to sample the
perfusion fluid and/or infuse fluid into the perfusion fluid. In some embodiments, the
ports can be configured to work with standard es and/or can be configured with
llable valves. In some embodiments, the ports can be luer ports. Essentially,
the system 100 can include infusion/sampling ports at any location therein and the
following examples are not limiting.
Referring to , the system 100 can include ports 4301, 4302, 4303,
4304, 4305, 4306, 4307, and 4308. The port 4301 can be used to provide a bolus
injection and/or flush (e.g., a post-preservation flush) to the c artery. The port
4302 can be used to e a bolus injection and/or flush (e.g., reservation
flush) to the portal vein. The ports 4303, 4304, 4305 can be coupled to the respective
channels of the solution pump 63] and can provide infusion to the portal vein (in the
case of 4303 and 4304) and to the hepatic artery (in the case of 4305). The ports 4306
and 4307 can be used to obtain a sample of the perfusion fluid flowing into the
hepatic artery and portal vein, respectively. The port 4308 can be used to sample the
ion fluid in the IVC (or hepatic veins, depending on how the liver was
PCT/U52015/033839
ted). In some ments. each of the ports can include a valve that the user
operates to obtain a flow from the ports.
The port configuration shown in is exemplary, and more or fewer
ports can be used. onally, ports can be located in additional locations such as
between the pump 106 and the r 105, between the organ chamber and bile bag
187, in the bile bag 187, between the main drain 2806 and the defoamer/filter 161.
The single use module 634 can also include a tube 774 for loading priming
on and the cxsanguinated blood from the donor or blood products from a blood
bank into the reservoir 160. The priming tube 774 can be provided directly to the
reservoir 160 and/or it can be located so that an end of it empties directly above the
drain 2806 in the organ chamber 104. The single use module 634 can also include
non-vented caps for replacing vented caps on selected fluid ports that are used, for
e, while running a sterilization gas through the single use module 634.
Some embodiments the system 100 can also include vents and/or air purge
ports to eliminate air from the hepatic artery interface, the portal vein interface, or
elsewhere in the system 100.
In some embodiments an extra infusion port can be included for the user to
provide an imaging contrast medium to the perfusion fluid so that imaging of the liver
can be enhanced. For example, an ultrasound contrast medium can be infused to
perform a contrast-enhanced ultrasound.
13. Organ assist
While perfusion fluid can drain naturally from the liver as a result of the
pressure applied to the hepatic artery and portal vein, the system 600 can also e
additional es that help the perfusion fluid drain from the liver in a manner that
mimics the human body. That is, in the human body the diaphragm typically s
pressure to the liver as the person breathes. This pressure can help expel blood from
the person’s liver. The system 600 can include one or more systems that are designed
to mimic the pressure applied by the diaphragm to the liver. Exemplary embodiments
include contact and contactless ments. In some embodiments, the amount of
pressure applied to the liver can be less than the pressure in the portal vein and/or
hepatic artery of the liver. Sketches of exemplary embodiments of the organ assist
systems are shown in .
PCT/U52015/033839
One embodiment of a contactless pressure system is a system that varies the
air pressure in the organ chamber 104 to simulate pressure applied by the diaphragm
to the liver. In this embodiment, the organ chamber 104 can be configured to provide
a substantially airtight environment such that the air pressure inside the organ
chamber 104 can be maintained at an elevated (or lowered) state when compared to
the outside atmosphere. As the air pressure in the organ chamber 104 rises, it can
apply pressure to the liver that simulates the pressure applied by the diaphragm
thereby increasing the rate at which the liver expels perfusion fluid. In some
embodiments, the air pressure can be varied in a manner that mimics a human
breathing rate (e.g., 12-15 times per minute), or at other rates (e.g., 0.5 to 50 times per
minute). The air pressure in the organ chamber 104 can be varied by various methods
including, for example, a ted air pump (not shown) and/or the onboard gas
supply 172. In some embodiments, the air pressure inside the organ chamber 104 can
be controlled by the controller 150. In these embodiments, the ller can also be
coupled to an air pressure sensor measuring the pressure inside the organ chamber
104 that is used as part of a feedback l loop.
One embodiment of a contact pressure system is a system that that uses a wrap
and/or r to apply pressure to the liver. For example, a wrap can be placed over
some or all of the liver within the organ chamber 104. The edges of the wrap can then
be mechanically tightened to apply pressure to the portion of the liver covered by the
wrap. In this e, one or more small motors attached to s points around the
periphery of the wrap can be used to tighten the edges of the wrap. In another
example of a contact pressure , a removable bladder can be used (not shown).
In this embodiment, an inflatable bladder can be placed between the liver and the top
surface (or some other portion) of the organ chamber 104. A pump can then be used
to inflate/deflate the r. As the bladder s, it can press against the top
surface (or other portion) of the organ chamber 104 thereby exerting pressure on the
liver contained therein. As with the contactless system described above, the pressure
applied to the liver can be applied periodically to mimic the natural re provided
by the diaphragm. In some ments, the pressure applied to the liver can be
varied in a manner that mimics human breathing rate (e.g., 12-15 times per minute),
or at other rates (e. g., 0.5 to 50 times per minute). Regardless of whether the pressure
is applied to the liver using a wrap or a bladder, the pressure can be controlled by the
WO 87737 PCT/U52015/033839
controller 150. In some embodiments. one or more sensors that measure the re
applied to the liver can be included in the organ chamber 104 as part of a feedback
control loop. Other methods of providing contact pressure to the liver are also
possible.
14. Cannulation
Operationally, in one embodiment, a liver can be harvested from a donor and
d to the system 600 by a process of cannulation. For example, ace 162
can be cannulated to vascular tissue of the hepatic artery via a conduit located within
the organ r assembly. Interface 166 can be cannulated to vascular tissue of the
portal vein via a conduit located within the organ chamber ly. The liver emits
the perfusatc through the inferior vena cava (IVC). In some embodiments, the IVC
can be cannulated by interface 170 (not shown) so that the flow can be ed to a
t in which the IVC pressure, flow and oxygen saturation can be measured. In
another embodiment, the IVC can be cannulated by the interface 170 to direct the
flow within the organ chamber. In still another embodiment, the IVC is not
cannulated and the organ chamber provides a means to direct the perfusate flow for
efficient collection to the reservoir.
Each of the interfaces 162, 166 and 170 can be cannulated to the liver by
pulling vascular tissue over the end of the interface, then tying or otherwise securing
the tissue to the interface. The vascular tissue is preferably a short segment of a blood
vessel that s connected to the liver after the liver is severed and explanted from
the donor. In some embodiments, the short vessel segments can be 0.25 — 5 inches,
although other lengths are possible.
Referring to FIGS. 21A-21D, an exemplary embodiment of a hepatic artery
cannula 2600 is shown. The cannula 2600 is generally tubular in shape and includes a
first portion 2604 that is red to be inserted into tubing used in the system 100
and includes a first orifice 2612. The first portion 2604 can also include a ring 2602
that can be used to help secure the first portion 2604 inside of the tubing of the system
100 by friction. The cannula 2600 can also include a second portion 2608 that can
have a smaller diameter than the first portion 2604 and that forms a second orifice
2614. The second portion 2608 can also include a channel 2610 that is recessed from
the surface of the second portion 2608. In some embodiments, when the user ties the
PCT/USZOIS/033839
hepatic artery to the second portion 2608, the user can place the suture in the channel
2610 to help secure the hepatic artery. Between the first and second portions can be a
collar 2606. The outside diameter of the collar can have a slightly larger diameter
than the first portion 2604 to prevent the tubing of the system 100 from extending
over the second portion 2608 when inserted. Viewing the cross-section shown in
D, the inside diameter ofthe a 2600 can vary, with a taper 2616
therebetween. The cannula 2600 can be formed in various sizes, lengths, inside
diameters, and outside ers. In some ments of the system 600, it can be
advantageous to have a substantially large inside diameter in the first portion 2604
and a much smaller inside diameter in the second portion 2608 to offset pressure and
flow changes caused by the cannula 2600.
ing to FIGS. 21H-21K, in an alternative embodiment the cannula 2600
has a beveled cut end 2618.
The outside diameter of the first portion 2604 can be configured to be fit
inside of silicone or polyurethane . Thus, while the outside diameter of the first
portion 2604 can vary, one exemplary range of possible ers is 0.280 — 0.380”.
The outside diameter of the second portion 2608 can range between 4 — 50 Fr, but
more specifically between 12-20 Fr. Additionally, the cannula 2600 can be made
from various biocompatible materials, such as ess steel, titanium, and/or plastic
(the dimensions of the cannula 2600 can be adapted to be manufacturable using
ent materials).
Additionally 10-20% of the population have a genetic variation where the liver
es an accessory hepatic artery. For these instances, the c artery cannula
described above can be a double-headed (e.g., Y-shaped) cannula. An exemplary
embodiment of a Y-shaped hepatic artery cannula 2642, is shown in FIGS. 21 E-21G,
where like numbers are used to denote corresponding features in the cannula 2600.
The bifurcated design of hepatic artery cannula 2642 can allow the system 100 to treat
both vessels as one input for hepatic artery flow without changing the configuration of
the system 100 and/or the controller 150.
In an alternative embodiment, when the liver includes an accessory hepatic
artery, two hepatic artery as 2600 may be attached to a section of Y-shaped
tubing at one end, and the other end may be connected to the organ chamber.
PCT/U52015/033839
Referring to FIGS. 22A-22D, an exemplary ment of a portal vein
cannula 2650 is shown. The cannula 2650 is generally tubular in shape and includes a
first portion 2654 that is configured to be inserted into tubing used in the system 100
and includes a first orifice 2660. The first portion 2654 can also include a ring 2652
that can be used to help secure the first portion 2654 inside of the tubing of the system
100 by friction. The cannula 2650 can also include a second portion 2656 that can
have a larger diameter than the first n 2654 and that forms a second orifice
2662. The second portion 2656 can also e a channel 2658 that is recessed from
the surface of the second portion 2656. In some embodiments, when the user ties the
portal vein to the second portion 5626, the user can place the suture in the l
2658 to help secure the portal vein. Viewing the cross-section shown in D,
the inside diameter of the cannula 2600 can vary, with a taper 2664 therebetween.
The cannula 2650 can be formed in s sizes, lengths, inside diameters, and
outside ers. In some embodiments of the system 600, it can be advantageous to
have a substantially large inside diameter in the first n 2654 and an even larger
inside diameter in the second portion 2656 to offset pressure and flow changes caused
by the cannula 2650.
Referring to FIGS. 2213-220. in an alternative embodiment the a 2650
has a collar 2666 between the first and second portions. The outside diameter of the
collar can have a slightly larger diameter than the first portion 2654 to prevent the
tubing of the system 100 from extending over the second portion 2656 when inserted.
The cannula 2650 may also have a beveled cut end 2668.
The outside diameter of the first portion 2654 can be red to be press—fit
inside of silicone or polyurethane tubing. Thus, while the outside diameter of the first
portion 2654 can vary, one exemplary range of possible diameters is 0.410 — 0.510”.
The outside diameter of the second n 2656 can range between 25-75 Fr, but
more specifically between 40-48 Fr. Additionally, the cannula 2650 can be made
from various biocompatible als, such as stainless steel, titanium, and/or plastic
(the dimensions of the cannula 2600 can be adapted to be manufacturable using
different materials).
Referring to FIGS 23A-23N, an exemplary hepatic artery connector 3000 is
shown. The connector 3000 can be part of the branch 315 leading to the hepatic
artery of the liver. For example, the connector 3000 can be inserted into and secured
PCT/U52015/033839
to the wall of the organ chamber 104. The connector 3000 can include a first portion
3006 that includes a circumferential channel 3007 and defines an opening 3008. In
some ments, the outside diameter of the first portion 3006 is sized to couple to
'A” tubing, although other diameters are possible. In some embodiments, tubing
coupled to the first portion 3006 can coupled using friction and/or a common zip tie
(or other similar fastener) can be tied around the channel 3007 to secure the tubing
connected thereto. The connector 3000 can also include a second portion 3002 that
defines an opening 3003. In some embodiments, the outside diameter of the second
portion 3002 can be configured to couple to 'A” tubing using a press/friction
connection, although other sizes are possible. In some embodiments, perfusion fluid
flows from the opening 3008 toward the opening 3003.
The tor 3000 can include an ace that is configured to mate with an
opening in a wall of the organ r 104. For example, connector 3000 can
include a ridge 3003 that is sized to fit within a corresponding opening in a wall of the
organ chamber 104. A backstop 3004 can be larger than the opening to prevent the
connector from being inserted too far, and can also provide a surface on which
ve can be d to bond the connector 3000 to the organ chamber 104. In
some ments, the ridge 3003 can include a protrusion 301 I that is configured to
rotationally align the connector 3000 within the organ chamber 104. For e, in
some embodiments, the protrusion 30] l and corresponding opening in the organ
chamber 104 can be configured so that the connector 3000 is rotated about a
longitudinal axis of the second portion 3003. In some embodiments, the rotation can
be optimized to prevent air bubbles.
The connector 3010 can also including a housing 3010 that is configured to
house the pressure sensor 130b. In this embodiment the two pressure s make
up the pressure sensor 130b. In such an embodiment, the pressure sensors can be
mounted in the openings 3009, which can provide direct access to the fluid within the
connector 3000. Additionally, some embodiments of the tor 3000 can include
an air vent 3005 that can be connected to a valve which can be opened to vent air
bubbles trapped within the tor 3000. In operation, a user can attach one end of
a tube to the second portion 3002 and the other end of the tube to the hepatic artery
cannula 2600 (which can be connected to the hepatic artery). In some embodiments,
the user can place a liver into the organ chamber 104, connect a cannula 2600 to an
PCT/U52015/033839
end of a piece of tubing, which can be ted to the hepatic artery using a suture.
Next, because the size of the liver can vary, the user can then trim the tubing to the
proper length and attach it to the second portion 3003.
Referring to FIGS 24A-23L, an exemplary portal vein connector 3050 is
shown. In some embodiments the portal vein connector 3050 is configured and
functions in the same manner as the connector 3000, except that the first and second
ns can be coupled to connect to 3/8” or '/z” tubing instead of 'A”, although it can
be configured to work with other size tubing as well. Also, as should be clear by the
name, the portal vein connector can be red to couple the branch 3 I 3 to the
IO portal vein of the liver.
While some dimensions are provided above, these dimensions are exemplary
only and each of the foregoing components can sized as necessary to achieve the
desired flow characteristics. For example, in some embodiments, it can be beneficial
to use the largest diameter cannula to avoid introducing undesirable pressure or flow
changes. Additionally, in practice, the diameter of the cannula can be chosen by the
surgeon such that the largest cannula is used that will physically fit in the .
It is noted herein that some consider the “Fr” scale to end at “34.” Thus, to the
extent that a Fr size larger than 34 is identified (or an Fr. number that does not exist in
the traditional Fr. scale), the size in mm can be calculated by dividing the identified Fr
number by 3.
. Flow clamp
ing to FIGS. 25A-2SB, an exemplary embodiment of the flow clamp
190 is shown. The flow clamp I90 can be used to control the flow and/or pressure of
the perfusion fluid to the portal vein of the liver. The flow clamp 190 can include a
cover 4001, a knob 4002, a pivot 4003, a pin 4004 a screw 4005, a g 4006, a
slide 4007, an axle 4008, and a body 4009. The slide 4007 can include a groove 4010
and detcnt 4012 and can be configured to move up and down within the body 4009.
In some embodiments, a tube carrying ion fluid is placed within the body 4009
under the slide 4007. FIGS. 25C-25D show the flow clamp 190 with molded
components.
The flow clamp 190 can be configured to allow a user to quickly engage and
disengage the clamp 190, while still having precise control over the amount of
PCT/U52015/033839
clamping force applied. In this embodiment, the cover 4001, the knob 4002, the pivot
4003, the pin 4004, the screw 4005, and the g 4006 make up a switch unit 401 1.
The pivot 4003 of the switch unit 401 1 can rotate about a longitudinal axis formed by
the axle 4008 (which can be made up of two separate screws). In this manner, when
the switch unit 401 1 is engaged (e.g., the screw 4005 is vertical), as shown in A, the bearing 4006 forces the slide 4007 rd in the body 4009 (which can
compress the tube carrying the perfusion fluid, if present, and restricts flow therein).
How far down the slide is forced is a on of how extended the screw 4005 is
relative to the pivot 4003. When the switch unit 401 1 is disengaged, it is pivoted
sideways so that the screw is no longer vertical and does not restrict the movement of
the slide 4007. When the switch unit 401 l is pivoted, the bearing can slide along the
grove 4010. In some embodiments, the switch unit 401 1 can “lock” into place when
the bearing 4006 comes to rest in the detent 4012. The user can adjust the amount of
flow restriction is imposed by the flow clamp 190 when engaged by rotating the knob
4002, thereby ing/retracting the screw 4005. In some embodiments, the pitch
of the screw can be 4-40 , although other s can be used adjust the
precision ofthe flow clamp 190.
16. g
In some embodiments, the perfusion fluid includes packed red blood cells also
known as “bank blood.” atively, the perfusion fluid includes blood removed
from the donor through a process of exsanguination during harvesting of the liver.
Initially, the blood is loaded into the reservoir 160 and the cannulation locations in the
organ chamber assembly are connected with a bypass conduit to enable normal mode
flow of perfusion fluid through the system without a liver being present, aka “priming
tube.” Prior to cannulating the harvested liver, the system may be primed by
circulating the exsanguinated donor blood h the system to heat, oxygenate,
and/or filter it. Nutrients, preservatives, and/or other therapeutics may also be
provided during priming via the on pump of the nutritional subsystem. During
priming, various parameters may also be initialized and calibrated via the operator
interface during priming. Once primed and running appropriately, the pump flow can
be reduced or cycled off, the bypass conduit is removed from the organ chamber
assembly. and the liver can be cannulated into the organ chamber assembly. The
PCT/U52015/033839
pump flow can then be restored or increased, as the case may be. The priming
process is described more fully below.
17. [VC cannulation
In some embodiments, the inferior vena cava (lVC) can be cannulated, though
not required. In these ments, onal pressure and/or flow sensors can be
used to determine the pressure and/or flow of the perfusion fluid flowing from the
liver. In some embodiments, the cannulated lVC can be coupled directly to the sensor
140 and/or reservoir. In other embodiments, the WC can be cannulated for the
purpose of directing the drainage of the perfusion fluid (e.g., directed free draining).
For example, the uncannulated end of a short tube ted to the IVC can be held
in place by a clip so that perfusion fluid drains directly over the measurement drain
2804. In other embodiments, the NC is not cannulated and perfusion fluid can drain
freely therefrom. In still other embodiments, the IVC can be partially tied off.
In embodiments where the NC is cannulated and connected to tubing, it can
be desirable to keep the length of tubing as short as possible to achieve the desired
result. That is, e physiologic lVC re is low, even a length of narrow tube
can result in an elevated lVC pressure. In embodiments of the system 600 that
include pressure exertion on the liver to age draining (e.g., pressurizing the
chamber 104 as sed above), the liver may be able to tolerate a longer
cannula/tubing.
18. Bile duct cannulation
In some embodiments of the system 600, the bile duct of the liver can be
cannulated using an off the shelf and/or custom cannula. For example, a bile duct
cannula of 14 Fr can be used. Additionally, the bile bag 187 can be configured to
collect bile produced by the liver. In some embodiments, the bag 187 is clear so the
user can visually observe the color of the bile. In some embodiments, the bag 187 can
collect up to 0.5 L of bile, although other s are possible. In some
embodiments, the bag 187 can include tions that indicate how much bilc has
been collected. While the system 600 is described as including a soft shell (e.g., the
bag 187) to collect bile, a hard shell container can also be used. Some embodiments
of the system 600 can include a sensor (e.g., capacitive. ultrasonic, and/or cumulative
PCT/U52015/033839
flow rate) to measure the volume of bile collected. This information can then be
displayed to the user and/or sent to the Cloud.
19. Blood collection/filter
Some ments of the system 600 using whole blood from a donor can
include leukocyte filter (not shown). In these embodiments, the leukocyte filter can
be used when priming the system to filter blood received from a donor body via a
blood collection line connected to a donor’s artery and/or vein. In some
embodiments, the leukocyte filter can be configured to filter at least 1500 mL of
blood in 6 minutes or less (although other rates are le). In some embodiments,
the leukocyte filter can be configured to remove 30% or more of all leukocytes in up
to 1500 mL of whole blood.
. Final Flush Administration Kit
At times during operation, it can be desirable to remove all of the perfusion
solution from the liver vasculature (e.g., before the liver is ted into a recipient)
without disconnecting the liver from the system 100. Thus, embodiments of the
system 600 can be used with a final flush administration kit. The kit can e a
bag (or other ner) to collect a volume of liquid (e.g., flush solution and/or
perfusate) so that when the flushing solution is administered to the liver (e.g., via
ports 4301, 4302), the system 100 is not elmed by the additional volume of
fluid. Thus, in some embodiments, the system 100 can include a drain line (not
shown) that can be used to drain fluid from the reservoir 160 and/or elsewhere in the
system 100 in such a manner that the liver need not be nected from the system
100 before adding additional fluid. In some embodiments, the system can also be
setup in a bypass operation where the liver is temporarily isolated from the system
100 using one or more valves. For example, in this embodiment, valves can be used
before the ports 4301, 4302 to stop fluid flow within the system 100. Additional
drainage ports can then be included between the drains 2804, 2806 and the valves. In
this embodiment, the flush solution (or any other solution) can be provided via the
ports 4301, 4302 and drain out of the additional drainage ports without being
circulated in the rest of the system 100. In some embodiments, the drain line can hold
at least 3 L of , although this is not required.
WO 87737 PCT/U52015/033839
D. Interface between /multi use modules
As shown in and described in further detail below, the multiple use
module 650 can include a front-end interface circuit board 636 for acing with a
front-end circuit board (shown in ] at 637) of the disposable module 634. As
bed more fully below, power and drive signal connections between the le
use module 650 and the disposable module 634 can be made by way of corresponding
electromechanical connectors 640 and 647 on the front end interface circuit board 636
and the front end circuit board 637, respectively. By way of example, the end
circuit board 637 can receive power for the disposable module 634 from the front-end
IO interface t board 636 via the electromechanical connectors 640 and 647. The
front end circuit board 637 can also receive drive signals for various components
(e.g., the heater assembly l 10, the flow clamp I90, and the oxygenator I 14) from the
controller 150 via the front-end interface circuit board 636 and the electromechanical
connectors 640 and 647. The front-end circuit board 637 and the front-end interface
circuit board 636 can exchange c0ntrol and data signals (e.g.. between the controller
150 and the single use module 634) by way of optical connectors (shown in 8
at 648). As described in more detail below, the connector configuration employed
between the front-end 637 and front-end interface 636 circuit boards can ensure that
critical power and data onnections between the single and multiple use modules
634 and 650, respectively, ue to operate even during transport over rough
n, such as may be experienced during organ transport.
Turning now to the installation ofthe single use module 634 into the multiple
use module 650, shows a detailed view of the above-mentioned bracket
assembly 638 located on the multiple use module 650 for receiving and locking into
place the single use module 634. shows a side perspective view of the single
use module 634 being installed onto the bracket assembly 638 and into the multiple
use module 650, and shows a side view of the single use module 634
installed within the multiple use module 650. The bracket assembly 638 es two
mounting brackets 642a and 642b, which can mount to an internal side of a back
panel of the housing 602 via mounting holes 44d and 646a—646d, respectively.
A cross bar 641 extends between and rotatably attaches to the mounting brackets 642a
and 642b. Locking arms 643 and 645 are spaced apart along and radially extend from
the cross bar 641. Each locking arm 643 and 645 includes a respective downward
PCT/U52015/033839
extending locking projection 643a and 645b. A lever 639 attaches to and extends
radially upward from the cross bar 641. Actuating the lever 639 in the direction of the
arrow 651 rotates the locking arms 643 and 645 toward the back 606b of the housing
602. Actuating the lever 639 in the direction of the arrow 653 rotates the locking arms
643 and 645 toward the front of the housing 602.
As described above with respect to , the ion pump interface
assembly 300 includes four ting heat g points 32la-32ld. During
assembly, the projections 321a-32 1d are aligned with corresponding apertures (e.g.,
657a, 657b in B) and heat staked through the apertures to rigidly mount the
outer side 304 of the pump interface assembly 300 onto the C-shaped bracket 656 of
the single use module chassis 635.
During installation, in a first step, the single use module 634 is lowered into
the multiple use module 650 while g the single use module 634 forward (shown
in ). This process slides the projection 662 into the slot 660. As shown in 6E, it also ons the flange 328 of the pump interface assembly 300 within the
docking port 342 of the ion pump assembly 106, and the tapered projections
323a and 323b of the pump interface assembly 300 on the clockwise side of
corresponding ones of the features 344a and 344b of the pump assembly bracket 346.
In a second step, the single use module 634 is rotated backwards until locking arm
s of the single use module chassis 635 engage projections 643 and 645 of
spring-loaded locking arm 638, forcing the projections 643 and 645 to rotate upward,
until locking tions 643a and 645a clear the height of the locking arm cradles, at
which point the s cause the g arm 638 to rotate downward, allowing
locking projections 643a and 645a to releasably lock with locking arm cradles of the
disposable module chassis 635. This motion causes the curved e of 668 of the
single use module projection 662 of 3 to rotate and engage with a flat side
670 of the basin slot 660 of B. Lever 639 can be used to rotate the locking arm
638 upwards to release the single use module 635.
As shown in , this motion also causes the pump interface assembly
300 to rotate in a counterclockwise direction relative to the pump assembly 106 to
slide the flange 328 into the slot 332 of the docking port 342, and at the same time, to
slide the tapered projections 323a and 323b under the respective bracket features 344a
and 344b. As the tapered projections 323a and 323b slide under the respective bracket
PCT/U52015/033839
features 344a and 344b, the inner surfaces of the bracket features 344a and 344b
engage with the tapered outer surfaces of the tapered projections 323a and 323b to
draw the inner side 306 of the pump interface assembly 300 toward the pump driver
334 to form the fluid tight seal between the pump interface assembly 300 and the
pump ly 106. The lever 639 may lock in place to hold the disposable module
634 securely within the multiple use module 650.
Interlocking the single use module 374 into the multiple use module 650 can
form both electrical and optical interconnections between the front end interface
circuit board 636 on the multiple use module 650 and the front end circuit board 637
on the single use module 634. The electrical and optical connections enable the
multiple use module 650 to power, control and collect information from the single
module 634. A is an exemplary conceptual drawing showing various optical
couplers and electromechanical connectors on the front end circuit board 637 of the
single-use disposable module 634 used to communicate with ponding l
couplers and electromechanical connectors on the front end ace circuit board
636 of the multiple use module 650. Since this correspondence is one for one, the
various optical couplers and electromechanical connectors are described only with
reference to the front end circuit board 637, rather than also depicting the front end
circuit board 650.
According to the ary embodiment, the front end circuit board 637
es signals from the front end interface circuit board 636 via both l
couplers and electromechanical tors. For example, the front end circuit board
637 receives power 358 from the front end interface circuit board 636 via the
electromechanical connectors 712 and 714. The front end circuit board 637 applies
the power to the components of the single use module 634, such as the various s
and transducers of the single use module 634. Optionally, the front end circuit board
637 converts the power to suitable levels prior to distribution. The front end interface
circuit board 636 can also e the heater drive signals 281a and 28 lb to the
applicable tions 282a on the heater 246 of via the electromechanical
connectors 704 and 706. Similarly, the electromechanical connectors 708 and 710 can
couple the heater drive signals 283a and 283b to the applicable connections in 282b of
the heater 248.
2015/033839
According to the exemplary ment, the front end circuit board 637 can
receive signals from temperature, pressure, fluid flow-rate, and
oxygenation/hematocrit sensors, amplify the signals, convert the signals to a l
format, and provide them to the end ace circuit board 636 by way of
electrical and/or optical couplers. For example, the front end circuit board 637 can
e the temperature signal 121 from the sensor 120 on the heater plate 250 to the
front end interface circuit board 636 by way of the optical coupler 676. Similarly, the
front end t board 637 can provide the temperature signal 123 from the sensor
122 on the heater plate 252 to the front end interface circuit board 636 by way of the
optical coupler 678. The front end-circuit board 637 can also provide the perfusion
fluid ature signals 125 and 127 from the thermistor sensor 124 to the front end
interface circuit board 636 via tive optical couplers 680 and 682. Perfusion
fluid pressure signals 129, 131 and 133 can be provided from respective pressure
transducers 126, 128 and 130 to the front end ace circuit board 636 via
respective optical couplers 688. 690 and 692. The front end circuit board 637 can also
provide perfusion fluid flow rate signals 135, 137 and 139 from respective flow rate
sensors 134, 136 and 138 to the front end interface circuit board 636 by way of
respective optical couplers 694, 696 and 698. Additionally, the front end circuit board
637 can provide the oxygen tion 141 and hematocrit 145 signals from the sensor
140 to the front end interface circuit board 636 by way of respective optical couplers
700 and 702. In another implementation, the front end circuit receives signals from
integrated blood gas analysis probes. In another implementation the front end board
passes control signals to a fluid path restrictor to facilitate real time control of the
division of perfusatc flow between the portal vein and hepatic artery conduits. The
ller 150 can employ the signals provided to the front end interface circuit board
636, along with other signals, to transmit data and otherwise control operation of the
system 600.
While the front end circuit board 637 is described with the foregoing couplers,
more or fewer couplers can be used based on the number of connections necessary.
In some exemplary embodiments, one or more of the foregoing sensors can be
wired directly to the main system board 718 for processing and analysis, thus by-
passing the front-end interface board 636 and front—end board 637 altogether. Such
embodiments can be desirable where the user prefers to re-usc one or more of the
PCT/U52015/033839
sensors prior to disposal. In one such example, the flow rate sensors 134, 136 and 138
and the oxygen and crit sensor 140 are ically coupled directly to the
system main board 718 through electrical coupler 61 1 shown in C, thus by-
passing any connection with the circuit boards 636 and 637.
B illustrates the operation of an exemplary electromechanical
connector pair of the type employed for the ical interconnections n the
circuit boards 636 and 637. Similarly, C illustrates the operation of an optical
coupler pair of the type employed for the optically coupled interconnections between
the circuit boards 636 and 637. One advantage of both the electrical connectors and
optical couplers employed is that they ensure connection integrity, even when the
system 600 is being transported over rough terrain, for example, such as being
wheeled along a tarmac at an airport, being transported in an aircrafi during bad
weather conditions, or being transported in an ambulance over rough roadways. The
power for the front end board 637 is isolated in a DC power supply d on the
front end interface board 636.
As shown in F10. 20B, the electromechanical connectors, such as the
connector 704, include a portion, such as the portion 703, d on the front end
interface t board 636 and a portion, such as the portion 705, located on the front
end circuit board 637. The portion 703 includes an enlarged head 703a mounted on a
substantially ht and rigid stem 703b. The head 703 includes an outwardly facing
substantially flat surface 708. The n 705 includes a substantially straight and
rigid pin 705 including an end 705a for contacting the surface 708 and a spring-loaded
end 705b. Pin 705 can move axially in and out as shown by the directional arrow 72]
while still maintaining electrical contact with the surface 708 of the ed head
703a. This feature enables the single use module 634 to maintain ical contact
with the multiple use module 650 even when experiencing mechanical disturbances
associated with transport over rough terrain. An advantage of the flat surface 708 is
that it allows for easy ng of the interior e of the multiple use module 650.
According to the illustrative embodiment, the system 600 employs a connector for the
electrical interconnection between the single use disposable 634 and multiple use 650
modules. An exemplary connector is part no. 101342 made by Interconnect Devices.
However, any suitable connector may be used.
PCT/U52015/033839
l couplers, such as the optical rs 684 and 687 of the front end
circuit board 637, are used and include corresponding counterparts, such as the optical
couplers 683 and 685 of the front end interface circuit board 636. The optical
transmitters and optical receiver portions of the optical couplers may be located on
either circuit board 636 or 637.
As in the case of the electromechanical connectors employed, allowable
tolerance in the optical alignment between the optical transmitters and corresponding
optical receivers enables the circuit boards 636 and 637 to remain in optical
communication even during transport over rough terrain. According to the illustrative
embodiment, the system 100 uses optical couplers made under part nos. 5FH485P
and/or 5FH203 PFA by Osram. However, any suitable coupler may be used.
The rs and connectors can facilitate the transmission of data within the
system 600. The front-end interface circuit board 636 and the front-end board 637
transmit data pertaining to the system 600 in a paced fashion. As shown in C,
circuit board 636 transmits to the front-end board 637 a clock signal that is
synchronized to the clock on the controller 150. The front-end t board 637
es this clock signal and uses it to synchronize its transmission of system data
(such as atures, pressures, or other desired information) with the clock cycle of
the controller 150. This data is digitized by a processor on the front-end t board
637 according to the clock signal and a pre-set sequence of data type and source
address (i.c. type and location of the sensor providing the data). The end
interface circuit board 636 receives the data from the front-end board 637 and
transmits the data set to the main board 618 for use by the controller 150 in
evaluation, display, and system control. Additional optical couplers can be added
between the multiple use module and single use module for transmission of control
data from the multiple use module to the single use module, such data including
heater control s or clamp/flow restrictor controls.
IV. Description of exemplary system operation
A. Generally
As described below, the system 600 can be configured to e in multiple
modes such as: perfusion circuit priming mode, organ stabilization modc,
maintenance mode, chilling mode, and self-test/diagnostic mode. During each mode
PCT/U52015/033839
the system (vis-a-vis the controller 150) can be ured to operate in different
manners. For example, as described more fully below, during the different modes of
ion characteristics of, for example, perfusion fluid flow rates, perfusion fluid
pressure, perfusion fluid temperature, etc. can vary.
Additionally, some embodiments of the system 600 can include a self—test
mode in which diagnostics can be performed. For example, the system 600 can
automatically test circuits and sensors in the single use and multiple use modules
before the organ is instrumented on the system. The system 600 can also check to
ensure that the single use module is installed ly in the multiple use module
(e.g., all connections are secure and functioning). In the event of a failure, the system
can inform the user and inhibit fiirther operation of the system until the issue is
resolved.
B. Temperature monitoring and l
In general, the temperature of an organ contained in the system 600 can be
controlled by circulating warmed or cooled perfusion fluid therethrough. Thus, the
perfusion fluid itself can be used to control the temperature of the organ t using
a dedicated heater/cooler within the organ chamber 104.
In some embodiments of the system 600, the controller 150 can be configured
to receive signals from one or more temperature sensors such as temperature sensors
120, 122, 124. While these sensors are described as being located at or near the heater
1 10, this is not ed. For example, temperature sensors that measure the
temperature of the perfusion fluid can be placed throughout the system 100 such as in
the branches 313, 315, in the ement drain 2804, in the drain 2806, and/or in the
reservoir 160. Additional temperature sensors can also be ed to measure other
temperature aspects of the system 600. For example, the system 600 can include
ambient air temperature sensors that e the temperature of the environment
around the system 600, temperature sensors that measure the temperature of the
environment within the organ chamber 104, and/or sensors that measure the
ature of a surface and/or internal portion of the organ contained therein.
The controller 150 can use information from the various temperature sensors
in the system 600 in order to l the temperature of the environment and/or
ion fluid therein. For example, in some embodiments the controller 150 can
PCT/U52015/033839
in the perfusion fluid exiting the heater at a desired temperature. In some
embodiments, the controller 150 can determine a temperature differential between the
perfusion fluid flowing into and out of the organ. If the temperature differential is
large, the controller 150 can ctly determine the temperature of the organ and
adjust the ature of the perfusion fluid flowing into the organ to achieve the
desired organ temperature. Additionally, in some embodiments the organ chamber
104 can include a heater/cooler that heats/cools the environment within the organ
chamber 104, such as a resistive heater or a thermoelectric cooler. Such a
heater/cooler can be controlled by the controller 150.
While much of the disclosure herein focuses on heating an organ to a desired
temperature, this is not intended to be limiting. In some embodiments, the system 600
can include a cooling unit (not shown) in addition to and/or instead of the heater 1 10.
In such embodiments, the g unit can be used to cool the ion fluid and
ultimately cool the organ itself. This can be useful during, for example, post-
preservation chilling procedures used with a heart, lung, kidney, and/or liver. In some
embodiments, the cooling unit can be comprised of a gas exchanger with an integrated
water cooled feature, although other configurations are le.
C. Blood flow monitoring and control
Many organs in the human body receive a blood supply with a single set of
pressure and flow characteristics (e.g., kidney, lung). To the extent that these organs
are maintained ex vivo in an organ care system, a single pump and a single supply
line can be used to provide perfusion fluid thereto. The liver, however, is different
from other organs in that it has two blood supplies, each with different pressure and
flow characteristics. As noted above, the liver receives imately 1/3 of its blood
supply from the c artery and approximately 2/3 of its blood supply from the
portal vein. The hepatic artery provides a pulsatile blood flow at a relatively high
pressure, but low flow rate. In st, the portal vein es a substantially
nonpulsatilc blood flow at a relatively low pressure, but high flow rate. Because of
these different flow characteristics, ing perfusion fluid to an ex vivo liver can
present challenges when a single pump is used. Thus, some embodiments of the
organ care system 600 include a system that is configured to provide a dual flow of
perfusion fluid in a manner that mimics the human body. Specifically, the branch 315
PCT/U52015/033839
of the system 100 can provide perfusion fluid to the hepatic artery in a pulsatile, high-
re, low flow manner. The branch 313 of the system 100 can provide perfusion
fluid to the portal vein in a non-pulsatile, low pressure, high flow manner.
As noted above, the pump 106 can provide a flow of ion fluid at a
predetermined flow rate, which can be split at the divider 105. In some embodiments,
the fluid flow can be split between the hepatic artery and the portal vein at a ratio of
between 1:2 and 1:3. In some embodiments, the divider is configured such that the
branch 313 uses 3/8” tubing and the branch 315 uses 'A” tubing. In some
embodiments, a portal vein clamp can be used to help attain this split ratio and/or can
be used to restrict the resulting flow in the portal vein leg ofthe circuit (e.g., branch
313) so as to create higher re flow in the c artery leg of the circuit (e.g.,
branch 315) and lower pressure flow in the parallel portal vein leg of the circuit. In
some embodiments, a user can ly adjust the portal vein clamp (c.g., such as the
flow clamp 190) to effect a hepatic pressure in the acceptable range and adjust the
pump flow rate to provide an acceptable hepatic artery flow rate. The combination of
these two adjustments (portal vein clamp and pump flow rate) can result in acceptable
hepatic artery flow and pressure and correspondingly acceptable portal vein pressure
and flow rate.
In some embodiments, the portal vein clamp can be implemented as
mechanism controlled by the system, such as an electromechanical or pneumatically
lled clamp. The system can adjust the pump flow and portal vein clamp in
response to pressure and flow values measured on the hepatic artery and portal vein
branches to effect pressures and flows in acceptable ranges for these paths. For
example, in embodiments that use an automated portal vein clamp, if the controller
150 detects that the flow in the hepatic artery branch 315 is too low, the controller 150
can increase the flow rate ed by the pump 106. Likewise, if the controller
detects that the pressure in the hepatic artery branch 315 is too low, the controller 150
can cause the portal vein clamp to close ly in order to increase the pressure in
c artery branch 315.
In some embodiments, the controller 150 can monitor the level of perfusion
fluid in the system 600. In the event that the amount of perfusion fluid is below
recommended levels, the controller 150 can alert the user to this fact so that they may
take recommended action such as adjusting pump flow and/or adding additional
PCT/U52015/033839
perfusion fluid to the system. Additionally, if the level is below a critical level, the
controller 150 can automatically reduce the pump flow to a reduced or minimal level
while alerting the user.
D. Gas monitoring and control
In some embodiments, the system 600 can be configured to automatically
control pressure within the system by varying the flow rate of the pump 106 and/or by
lling the infusion of a vasodilator. For example, one of the ons provided
by the solution pump 631 can be, or can contain a vasodilator. When a vasodilator is
administered, the perfusion fluid pressure for a given flow rate within the system 100
can drop (due to the dilation of the vasculature in the liver). Thus, for example,
reducing the infusion rate of a vasodilator can result in increased ate pressure.
An optimal balance can be achieved at the least amount of vasodilator that s in
adequate liver perfusion.
The system 600 can be configured to control the gas content in the ion
fluid in such a manner that it mimics the human body. Accordingly, in some
embodiments, the system 600 includes a gas exchanger (e.g., gas exchanger 1 14) that
is configured to provide 02 and/or other desirable gases to the perfusion fluid. In
principle, a gas exchanger works by facilitating the flow of a high concentration of
gas to an area of low concentration of gas. In this way, the O2 in the maintenance gas
(e.g., the gas provided to the gas ger) can be diffused to the O2 depleted
perfusion fluid and the vely high level of CO2 in the perfusion fluid can bc
diffiJsed to the maintenance gas before it is exhausted from the gas exchanger. The
maintenance gas provided to the gas ger can be comprised of the appropriate
mixture of 02, N2, and CO2, where the concentration of O2 is higher, and the
concentration of CO2 is lower than that in the perfusion solution exiting a
lically-active liver. In some instances the gas is comprised of only 02 and N2.
Some embodiments of the system 600 include an oxygenation sensor (e.g.,
sensor 140) that can be used to provide information about the oxygenation of the
perfusion fluid. 1f the oxygenation level is too low, the rate of gas supplied to the gas
ger can be increased to raise the level of oxygen in the perfusion fluid.
Likewise, if the level is too high, the rate of gas supplied to the gas exchanger can be
decreased. Control of the gas supply to the gas ger can be performed manually
W0 2015/187737 PCT/U52015/033839
by the user (c.g._, through the operator interface module 146) and/or automatically. In
an automated embodiment, the controller 150 can automatically increase or decrease
the gas flow from the onboard gas supply to the gas exchanger to effect the desired
change in oxygenation level.
The liver, however, can present an additional challenge providing the proper
ion fluid gas content. e of its inherent metabolism, the liver produces
CO2 that replaces 02 contained in the perfusatc. In some embodiments, measuring the
02 levels alone is not ent to determine the amount of CO2 present in the
perfusion fluid. Thus, some ments the system 600 can be configured to
separately monitor the level of CO2 in the perfusion fluid to ensure that it stays within
an acceptable range. In these embodiments, the gas exchanger can also be used to
reduce or even eliminate CO2 from the perfusion fluid as it passes thcrcthrough.
In order to determine the carbon dioxide level in the pcrfusate, some
embodiments of the system 600 incorporate blood sample ports so that the user can
withdraw blood samples to assess the levels of carbon dioxide in the perfusate via a
third party blood gas analyzer. Based on this analysis, the user can assign a gas flow
rate into the gas exchanger in order to effect an acceptable carbon dioxide level in the
perfusate. For example, higher than acceptable levels of carbon dioxide can require a
higher gas flow rate to the gas exchanger to reduce the ing level of carbon
dioxide. However, it can be advantageous to keep the gas flow to the gas exchanger
as low as possible in order to ze the life of the onboard gas supply—an
important factor in extended transport scenarios.
Some embodiments of the system 600 can orate a blood gas analysis
system (not shown). In these embodiments, the blood gas analysis system can be
configured to sample perfusion fluid flowing within the system 100. For example, the
blood gas analysis system can be configured to take samples of perfusion fluid at one
or more locations in the system 100 such as in branches 313, 315, in the ement
drain 2804, and/or in the main drain 2806. By ing the concentration of oxygen
and/or carbon e in the pcrfusatc, the controller 150 can automatically increase
or se, as the case may be, the flow of gas to the gas exchanger to obtain the
desired gas levels in the perfusion fluid.
E. Solution delivery and control
PCT/U52015/033839
As noted above, some embodiments of the system 600 can include a solution
pump that is configured to provide one or more solutions. In some c
embodiments, the runtime ion solution comprises three ons. The first
solution can comprise one or more -rich component (e.g., one or more
carbohydrates); and/or one or more amino acids; and/or one or more electrolytes;
and/or one or more buffering agents (e.g., bicarbonate). In some particular
embodiments, the first solution can comprise TPN (Clinimix E), buffering agents
(e.g., sodium bicarbonate and phosphates), heparin and insulin. The second solution
can comprise one or more vasodilators. In some ular embodiments, the
IO vasodilator used is FlolanR. The third solution can comprise bile acid or salts (c.g.,
Na Tauroeholic acid salt). In some embodiments, the three solutions are kept separate
from one another and administered separately (e.g., using the three channels of the
solution pump 631). In other ments, the three solutions, optionally all aqueous
ons, can be mixed together to form the runtime perfusion solutions. In certain
embodiments, a sufficient amount of heparin can be provided (e.g., amount sufficient
to maintain activated clotting time (ACT) for about or more than 400 seconds ACT).
V. Solutions
ary solutions that can be used in the organ care system 600 according
to one or more embodiments are now described. Various solutions can be used at
different times in the preservation/treatment process.
A. Donor Flush
If the organ being harvested is an abdominal organ, the surgeon performing
the harvest can perform a donor flush in vivo or ex vivo to remove donor blood and/or
other matter from the organ. The flush used during the donor flush can be an
intracellular or extracellular solution such as the University of Wisconsin Solution, a
modified University of Wisconsin Solution, or a histidine-tryptophan-ketoglutarate
(HTK) solution.
B. Initial flush solution
In some ments, after the donor flush (regardless of r the donor
flush was done in vivo or ex vivo) and before it is placed in the preservation chamber
of the organ care system 600, an initial flush solution can be used to flush the liver in
vivo or ex vivo in order to remove the al blood and any solution used in the
PCT/U52015/033839
donor flush. This flush solution is referred to herein as the initial flush on,
which is optionally a sterile solution. In some embodiments, the main ents of
the l flush solution can include a buffered isotonic electrolyte solution, such as
Plasmalyte, and an ti-inflammatory, such as SoluMedrol. In some embodiments, the
initial flush can be used to remove the fluid used during the donor flush. In some
embodiments, the main components of the initial flush solution can include
electrolytes and buffering agents. Non-limiting examples of the electrolytes include
various salts of sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, chloride, hydrogen
phosphate, and en carbonate. A proper combination of the electrolytes in
suitable trations can help maintain the physiological osmotic pressure of the
intracellular and extracellar environment in liver. Non—limiting examples of the
buffering agents include bicarbonate ions. The buffering agents in the initial flush
solution can serve to maintain the pH value inside the liver organ to be at or close to
the physiological state, e.g., about 7.3 to 7.6, 7.4 to 7.6, or 7.4 to 7.5. Preferably, afier
the liver is subjected to the initial flush and cooled according to one more
embodiments described herein, the harvested liver can be placed into the organ care
system 600 according to one more embodiments.
C. Priming solution and ves
In certain embodiments, prior to the placement of the liver into the organ care
system 600, the organ care system 600 can be primed with a priming solution. The
priming solution can be sterile and can be used to evaluate the physical integrity of
the system and/or to help remove the air in the system. The composition of the
priming solution can be similar or identical to that of the runtime perfusion solution,
described in more detail below. The priming solution can include n additives to
render the system ible with liver preservation. For instance, the liver regularly
produces coagulation factors promoting blood ation. In order to prevent the
blood (e.g., donor’s blood used as part of the perfusion fluid for preserving the liver
on the organ care system 600) from clotting during vation, anti-clotting agents
can be added to the priming solution as ves. Non-limiting es of anti-
clotting agents include heparin. Heparin can be stered throughout the
preservation session to maintain ACT (activated ng time) of Z 400 seconds,
although other ACT values can be used. Depending on the liver being maintained, the
W0 2015/187737 PCT/U52015/033839
amount of heparin needed to achieve the desired ACT can vary. In some
embodiments, the heparin can be provided uously or at intervals such as at 0, 3,
and 6 hours post-instrumentation on the system 600. In certain embodiments, the
organ care system 600 can be primed by a blood product (e.g., donor’s blood) or
synthetic blood product prior to the placement of the liver into the organ care system
600. In certain embodiments, the system 600 can be primed by the priming solution
and/or the blood or synthetic blood t. The system 600 can be primed by the
mixture of the priming solution and the blood or synthetic blood product, or by the
priming solution and the blood or synthetic blood product sequentially. In some
embodiments, the organ care system 600 is primed with the perfusion fluid described
herein (e.g., the ion fluid used to preserve the organ). atively or
additionally, any one of the following combined with either albumen or dextran can
also be used: donor blood, red blood cells (RBC), or RBCs plus fresh frozen plasma
plus
Table 1 sets forth components that can be used in an exemplary priming
solution.
TABLE 1. Composition of Exemplary Priming Solution
pRBCs 1200-1500 :I: about 10%
% Albumin 400 ml i about 10%
l..yte 700 ml :t about 10%
Cefazoline or 1 g i about 10%
equivalent antibiotic
(gram positive and
gram negative)
W0 2015/187737 PCT/U52015/033839
Cipro or equivalent 100 mg 1 about 10%.
antibiotic (gram
positive and gram
negative)
Soiu—Medroi or 500 mg i about 10%-
equivaient anti-
inflammatory
—-_CalciumGlneonate
The exemplary priming solution can be added to the organ care system 600 through
the priming step 5024, as more fully bed with reference to HQ. 29 (described
more fully below).
D. Runtime ion solution
During the preservation of the harvested liver in the organ care system 600
(e.g., during transport), a perfusion fluid or ate, can be used to perfuse the liver
and in the liver function at or near physiological conditions. in certain
embodiments, the perfusion fluid comprises a runtime perfusion solution (also
referred to as a maintenance solution) and/or a blood product, e.g., donor’s blood,
other dual’s compatible blood, or synthetic blood. The perfusion fluid can be
periodically/continuously infused by, for example, the solution pump 631 in order to
PCT/U52015/033839
provide nutrients that can maintain the liver during preservation. In some
embodiments, the runtime perfusion solution and/or the blood product are e.
The compositions of the runtime perfusion solution and the priming on
are now described in more detail. According to certain embodiments, the runtime
perfusion solution with particular solutes and concentration is selected and
proportioned to enable the organ to function at physiologic or near physiologic
conditions. For example, such conditions include maintaining organ function at or
near a physiological temperature and/or ving the liver in a state that permits
normal cellular metabolism, such as protein synthesis, glucose storage, lipid
lism, and bile production. In some embodiments, the priming solution and
runtime solution can be selected to be similar or even identical to one another.
In certain embodiments, the runtime perfusion solution is formed from
compositions by combining components with a fluid, fi‘om more trated
solutions by on, or from more dilute ons by concentration. In exemplary
embodiments, suitable runtime perfusion solutions include an energy source, and/or
one or more stimulants to assist the organ in continuing its normal physiologic
function prior to and during transplantation, and/or one or more amino acids selected
and proportioned so that the organ continues its cellular metabolism during perfusion.
The runtime perfusion solution can include any eutic agents described in more
detail below. Cellular metabolism es, for example conducting protein synthesis
while functioning during perfusion. Some illustrative solutions are aqueous based,
while other illustrative solutions are non-aqueous, for example organic solvent-based,
ionic-liquid-based, or fatty-acid-based.
The runtime perfusion solution can include one or more energy-rich
components to assist the liver in conducting its normal logic function. These
components can include energy rich materials that are metabolizablc, and/or
components of such materials that an organ, e.g., liver, can use to synthesize energy
sources during perfusion. Exemplary sources of energy-rich molecules include, for
example, one or more carbohydrates. Examples of carbohydrates include
monosaccharides, disaccharides, oligosaceharides, polysaccharides, or combinations
thereof, or precursors or lites f. While not meant to be limiting,
examples of monosaccharides le for the solutions include s; es;
hexoses, such as fructose, allosc, e, glucose, c, gulose, idosc, galactose,
PCT/U52015/033839
and talose; es such as ribose, arabinose. xylose, and lyxose; tetroses such as
erythrose and e; and trioses such as glyceraldehyde. While not meant to be
limiting, examples of disaccharides suitable for the solutions include (+)-ma1tose (4-
O-(a—D-glueopyranosyl)~0t-D-glueopyranose), (+)-cellobiose (4—O-(B-D-
glucopyranosyl)-D—glucopyranose), (+)-lactose (4-O-(B-D-galactopyranosyl)-B-D-
glucopyranose), sucrose (2-O-(a-D-glucopyranosyl)-B-D-fiuctofuranoside). While
not meant to be ng, examples of polysaccharides suitable for the solutions
include cellulose, starch, amylose, amylopectin, sulfomucopolysaccharides (such as
dcrmatanc sulfate, chondroitin sulfate, sulodcxide, ycans, heparan sulfates,
idosanes, heparins and heparinoids), dcxtrin, and glycogen. In some embodiments,
aeharidcs, harides, and polysaccharides of both aldoses, ketoses, or a
combination thereof are used. One or more isomers, including cnantiomers,
diastereomers, and/or tautomers of monosacharides, disaccharides, and/or
polysaccharides, including those described and not described herein, can be employed
in the runtime perfusion solution described herein. In some embodiments, one or more
monossacharides, disaccharides, and/or polysaccharides can have been chemically
modified, for example, by derivatization and/or protection (with protecting groups) of
one or more functional . In certain embodiments, carbohydrates, such as
dextrose or other forms of glucose are preferred.
Other possible energy s include, eo-enzyme A, pyruvate, flavin adenine
dinueleotide (FAD), thiamine pyrophosphate chloride (co-carboxylase), B-
nicotinamide adenine dinueleotide (NAD), B-nieotinamide adenine dinucleotide
phosphate (NADPH), and phosphate derivatives of nucleosides, i.e. nucleotides,
including mono-, di-, and tri-phosphates (e.g., UTP, GTP, GDP, and UDP),
cocnzymes, or other bio-molecules having similar cellular metabolic functions, and/or
metabolites or sors thereof. For example, ate derivatives of adenosine,
guanosine, thymidine (5-Me-uridine). cytidine, and uridine, as well as other naturally
and chemically modified nucleosides are contemplated.
In n ments, one or more carbohydrates can be provided along
with a phosphate source, such as a nucleotide. The carbohydrate can help enable the
organ to produce ATP or other energy sources during perfusion. The phosphate
source can be provided directly h ATP, ADP, AMP or other sources. In other
illustrative ments, a phosphate is provided through a phosphate salt, such as
PCT/U52015/033839
glycerophosphate, sodium phosphate or other phosphate ions. A phosphate can
include any form thereof in any ionic state, including protonated forms and forms
with one or more counter ions. The energy source used can depend on the type of
organ being perfused (e.g., adenosine can be omitted when perfusing a .
One of the livcr’s important functions is to produce bile liquid. In some
embodiments, the runtime perfusion solution comprises one or more nds
supporting the production ofbilc by the liver. Non-limiting examples of such
compounds include cholesterol, primary bile acids, secondary bile acids, glycine,
taurine, and bile acids (bile salts) to promote production of bile by the liver ex vivo,
IO all of which can be used by the liver to produce bile. In some specific embodiments,
the bile salt is Na Taurocholie acid salt.
Because of the liver’s function as the metabolism powerhouse of the body, it is
typically in constant need of energy source and oxygen. Thus, in addition to
maintaining the proper concentration of the energy source nds in the perfusion
liquid, the organ care system 600 described herein can also configured to provide
constant oxygen supply to the ved liver. In some embodiments, the oxygen is
provided by diffusing an oxygen gas flow through the perfusion liquid (e.g., in the gas
exchanger 1 14) or the blood product to dissolve or te oxygen in the liquid
medium, e.g., by binding oxygen to the hemoglobin in the blood t. In certain
embodiments, the perfusion liquid supplied to the liver contains 02 in PaOz Z 200
mmHg (arterial perfusate). In certain embodiments, the perfusion liquid supplied to
the liver contains less than PaCOz S 40 mmHg of carbon dioxide thereby promoting
and maintaining the oxidative lic ons of the liver. In certain
embodiments, the perfusion liquid contains less than 30 mmHg S PAC02 of carbon
e thereby maintaining the pH value in the liver to maintain its biological
functions.
The e perfusion solution described herein can e one or more
amino acids, preferably a plurality of amino acids, to support n synthesis by the
organ's cells. Suitable amino acids include, for example, any of the naturally-
occurring amino acids. The amino acids can be, in various enantiomeric or
diastereomerie forms. For example, solutions can employ either D- or L-amino acids,
or a ation thereof, i.e., solutions enantioenriched in more of the D- or L-isomer
or raccmic solutions. Suitable amino acids can also be non-naturally occurring or
PCT/U52015/033839
modified amino acids, such as line, ornithine, homocystein, homoserine, [3-
amino acids such as B-alanine, amino-caproic acid, or combinations f.
Certain exemplary runtime perfusion ons e some but not all
naturally-occurring amino acids. In some embodiments, runtime perfusion ons
include ial amino acids. For example, a runtime ion solution can be
prepared with one or more or all of the following amino-acids: Glycine, Alanine,
Arginine, Aspartie Acid, Glutamic Acid, Histidine, lsoleucinc, Leucinc, Methionine,
Phenylalanine, Proline, Serinc, Thereoninc, Tryptophan, Tyrosine, Valine, and Lysine
acetate.
In certain embodiments, non-essential and/or semi-essential amino acids are
not included in the runtime perfusion solution. For example, in some embodiments,
asparagine, glutamine, and/or cysteine are not included. In other embodiments, the
solution contains one or more non-essential and/or semi-essential amino acids.
Accordingly, in some embodiments, asparagine, glutamine, and/or cysteine are
included.
The runtime perfusion solution can also contain electrolytes. ularly
calcium ions for facilitating enzymatic reactions, and/or maintain osmotic pressure
within the liver. Other electrolytes can be used, such as sodium, potassium, chloride,
sulfate, magnesium and other inorganic and organic charged species, or combinations
thereof. It should be noted that any component provided hereunder can be provided,
where valence and stability permit, in an ionic form, in a protonated or unprotonated
form, in salt or free base form, or as ionic or covalent substituents in combination
with other ents that hydrolyze and make the component available in aqueous
solutions, as suitable and appropriate.
In certain embodiments, the runtime ion solution contains buffering
components. For example, suitable buffer s include 2—
morpholinoethanesulfonic acid monohydrate (MES), lic acid, H2C03/NaI-IC03
, citric acid (pKag), bis(2-hydroxyethyl)-imino-tris-(hydroxymethyl)-methane
ris), N-carbamoylmethylimidino acetic acid (ADA), 3-
bis[tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamino]propane (Bis-Tris Propane) (pKnl), piperazine—
I,4-bis(2-ethanesulfonic acid) (PIPES), N-(2-Acetamido)aminoethanesulfonic acid
(ACES), imidazole, N,N-bis(2—hydroxyethyl)aminoethanesulfonic acid (BES), 3—
(N-morpholino)propanesulphonic acid (MOPS), NaHzPO4/Na2HPO4 (pan), N-
PCT/U52015/033839
tris(hydroxymethyl)methyl-Z-aminoethanesuIfonic acid (TES), N-(2-hydroxycthyl)-
zine-N‘ethanesulfonic acid (HEPES), N-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazine-N'-(2-
hydroxypropanesulfonic acid) (HEPPSO), triethanolamine, N-
[tris(hydroxymethyl)methyl]glycine (Tricine), tris hydroxymethylaminoethane (Tris),
glycineamidc, N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl) glycine (Bicine), glycylglyeinc (pKaz), N-
tris(hydroxymethyl)methylaminopropanesulfonic acid (TAPS), or a combination
f. In some embodiments, the solutions contain sodium bicarbonate, potassium
phosphate, or TRIS buffer.
The runtime perfusion solution can include other components to help maintain
IO the liver and protect it t isehemia, reperfusion injury and other ill effects during
perfusion. In certain exemplary embodiments these components can include hormones
(e.g., insulin), ns (e.g., an adult multi-vitamin, such as multi-vitamin MVI-
Adult), and/or steroids (e.g., dexamethasonc and SoluMcdrol).
In another aspect, a blood product can be provided with the runtime perfusion
solution to support the liver during preservation. ary suitable blood products
can include whole blood, and/or one or more components f such as blood
serum, plasma, n, and red blood cells. In embodiments where whole blood is
used, the blood can be passed through a leukocyte and platelet depleting filter to
reduce ns, antibodies and/or other items that can cause inflammation in the
organ. Thus, in some embodiments, the perfusion fluid s whole blood that has
been at least partially depleted of leukocytes and/or whole blood that has been at least
partially depleted of platelets.
The perfusion fluid comprising the blood product and the runtime perfusion
solution can be ed at a physiological temperature and maintained thercabout
throughout perfusion and recirculation. As used herein, "physiological temperature" is
referred to as temperatures between about 25° C and about 37° C, for example,
between about 30° C and about 37° C, such as between about 34° C and about 37° C.
Other components or additives can be added to the runtime perfusion solution,
including, for example, adenosine, magnesium, phosphate, calcium, and/or sources
thereof. In some embodiments, onal components are provided to assist the liver
in conducting its metabolism during ion. These components e, for
example, forms of adenosine, which can be used for ATP synthesis, for maintaining
endothelial function, and/or for attenuating isehemia and/or rcperfusion injury.
W0 2015/187737 PCT/U52015/033839
Components can also include other nueleosidcs, such as guanosine, thymidine (S-Me-
uridine), cytidine, and uridine, as well as other naturally and chemically modified
nuclcosides including tides thereof. According to some embodiments, a
magnesium ion source is provided with a phosphate source, and in certain
embodiments, with adenosinc to further e ATP synthesis within the cells of the
perfused liver. A plurality of amino acids can also be added to support protein
sis by the liver cells. Applicable amino acids can include, for example, any of
the naturally-occurring amino acids, as well as those mentioned above.
In some embodiments, the e perfusion solution further comprises one or
more vasodilators (e.g., a vasodilator can be used to increase or decrease ar tone
and y the pressure within the vessel). In some particular embodiments, the
vasodilator used is Flolan” although other vasodilators can also be used.
Table 2 sets forth components that can be used in a runtime perfusion on
for preserving a liver as described herein. The runtime perfusion solution can include
one or more of the components described in Table 2.
TABLE 2. Component of Exemplary ition
for the Runtime Perfusion Solution
Component ary Concentration Ranges in
Preservative Solution
about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
about I mg/L-about 10 g/L
about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
W0 2015/187737 PCT/U52015/033839
e about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Histidine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Hydroxyproline about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Isoleucinc about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Lcucinc about 1 bout 10 g/L
Lysine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Methionine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Phenylalanine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Proline about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Scrine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Threonine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Tryptophan about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Tyrosine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Valine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Adenine about I mg/L-about 10 g/L
ATP about 10 bout 100 g/L
Adenylic Acid about 10 ug/L-about 100 g/L
ADP about 10 ug/L-about 100 g/L
AMP about 10 ug/L-about 100 g/L
Ascorbic Acid about 1 ug/L—about 10 g/L
W0 2015/187737 PCT/U52015/033839
in about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
Vitamin D-12 about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
Cholesterol about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
Dextrose (Glucose) about 1 out 150 g/L
Multi—vitamin Adult about 1 mg/L-about 20 mg/L or 1 unit vial
Epinephrine about 1 ug/L-about 1 g/L
Folic Acid about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
Glutathione about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
Guanine about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
Inositol about 1 g/L-about 100 g/L
vin about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
Ribose about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
Thiamine about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Uracil about 1 mg/L-about 10 g/L
Calcium Chloride about I mg/L-about 100 g/L
NaHCO; about 1 mg/L-about 100 g/L
Magnesium sulfate about I mg/L-about 100 g/L
ium chloride about 1 mg/L-about 100 g/L
Sodium about 1 mg/L-about 100 g/L
glycerophosphate
WO 87737 PCT/U52015/033839
Sodium Chloride about 1 mg/L-about 100 g/L
Sodium ate about ] mg/L-about 100 g/L
Insulin about 1 lU-about 150 IU
Serum albumin about 1 g/L-about 100 g/L
Pyruvatc about 1 mg/L-about 100 g/L
me A about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
Scrum about 1 ml/L-about 100 ml/L
Heparin about 500 U/L-about 1500 U/L
Solumedrol about 200 mg/L-about 500 mg/L
Dexamethasone about 1 mg/L-about 1 g/L
FAD about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
NADP about 1 ug/L-about 10 g/L
guanosine about 1 bout 10 g/L
GTP about 10 ug/L-about 100 gL
GDP about IO ug/L-about 100 g/L
GMP about 10 ug/L-about 100 g/L
Table 3 sets forth components that can be used in an exemplary runtime
perfusion solution. The amounts provided in Table 3 describe preferred amounts
relative to other components in the table and can be scaled to provide compositions of
sufficient quantity. In some embodiments, the amounts listed in Table 3 can vary by i
about 10% and still be used in the solutions described herein.
TABLE 3. Components of ary Runtime
W0 2015/187737 2015/033839
Perfusion Solution
ent Amount
Calcium Chloride dihydrate About 2100 ut 2600 mg
Glycine About 315 mg—About 385 mg
L-Alanine About 150 mg-About 200 mg
L-Argininc About 600 mg—About 800 mg
rtic Acid About 220 mg—About 270 mg
L-Glutamic Acid About 230 mg-About 290 mg
L-Histidinc About 200 mg-About 250 mg
L-lsolcucinc About 100 mg about 130 mg
L-Lcucinc About 300 mg—About 380 mg
L-Mcthioninc About 50 mg-About 65 mg
L-Phcnylalaninc About 45 mg-About 60 mg
L-Prolinc About 1 10 mg—About 140 mg
L-Scrinc About 80 mg-About 105 mg
L-Thcrconinc About 60 mg-About 80 mg
L-Tryptophan About 30 mg-About 40 mg
L-Tyrosinc About 80 mg—About 110 mg
L-Valinc About 150 mg—About 190 mg
Lysine Acetate About 200 mg—About 250 mg
W0 87737 PCT/U52015/033839
Magnesium Sulfate About 350 mg-About 450 mg
Heptahydrate
Potassium Chloride About 15 mg-About 25 mg
Sodium Chloride About 1500 mg-About 2000 mg
Epinephrine About 0.25 mg-About 1.0 mg
Insulin About 75 Units-About 150
Units
MVI-Adult 1 unit vial
SoluMcdrol About 200 mg—SOO mg
Sodium Bicarbonate About 10-25 mEq
In the exemplary embodiment of a runtime perfusion on, the components
in Table 3 can be combined in the relative amounts listed n per about 1 L of
aqueous fluid to form the runtimc perfusion solution. In some embodiments, the
ty of aqueous fluid in the e perfusion solution can vary iabout 10%. The
pH of the runtimc perfusion solution can be adjusted to be between about 7.0 and
about 8.0, for example about 7.3 and about 7.6. The runtimc perfusion solution can be
ized, for example by autoclaving, to provide for improved purity.
Table 4 sets forth another exemplary runtimc ion solution, comprising a
tissue culture media having the components fied in Table 4 and combined with
an aqueous fluid, which can be used in the perfusion fluid as described herein. The
amounts of components listed in Table 4 are relative to each other and to the quantity
of aqueous solution used. In some embodiments, about 500 mL of aqueous fluid is
used. In some embodiments, the quantity of aqueous solution can vary j: about 10%.
The component amounts and the quantity of aqueous solution can be scaled as
W0 2015/187737 PCT/U52015/033839
appropriate for use. The pH of the runtime perfusion solution, in this embodiment, can
be adjusted to be about 7.0 to about 8.0, for example about 7.3 to about 7.6.
TABLE 4. Composition of Another Exemplary Runtime
Perfusion Solution (about 500 mL aqueous solution)
Tissue e cation
Component
Calcium de 2400 mg :1: about 10%
dihydrate
Glycine 350 mg i about 10%
L-Aspartie Acid 245 mg :1: about 10%
L-Glutamie Acid 258 mg i about 10%
L-Histidine 225 mg i about 10%
L-Isoleucine 1 15.5 mg i about 10%
L-Leueine 343 mg i: about 10%
L-Methionine 59 mg i about 10%
L-Phcnylalanine 52 mg i about 10%
PCT/U52015/033839
Magnesium Sulfate 400 mg :1: about 10%
Heptahydratc
Potassium de :t about 10%
Sodium Chloride 1750 mg i about 10%
Since amino acids are the building blocks of proteins, the unique
characteristics of each amino acid impart certain important properties on a protein
such as the ability to provide structure and to catalyze biochemical reactions. The
ion and concentrations of the amino acids provided in the e perfusion
solutions can provide t of normal physiologic functions such as lism of
sugars to provide or store energy, regulation of protein metabolism, transport of
ls, synthesis of nucleic acids (DNA and RNA), regulation of blood sugar and
support of electrical activity, in addition to providing protein structure. Additionally,
the concentrations of specific amino acids found in the runtime perfusion solution can
be used to predictably stabilize the pH of the runtimc perfusion solution.
In certain embodiments, in order to prevent the blood used as part of the
perfusion fluid for preserving the liver on the organ care system 600 from clotting
during vation, anti-clotting agents can be added to the runtimc perfusion
solution as additives. Non-limiting examples of anti-clotting agents include heparin.
In some embodiments, heparin can be included in a sufficient amount to prevent
clotting for 500-600 seconds, although other times are le.
In certain embodiments, the c perfusion solution es a plurality of
amino acids. In certain embodiments, the runtime perfusion solution includes
electrolytes, such as calcium and magnesium.
PCT/U52015/033839
In one embodiment, a runtime perfusion on includes one or more amino
acids, and one or more carbohydrates, such as e or dextrose. The runtime
perfusion solution can also have ves, such as those described herein,
administered at the point of use just prior to infusion into the liver perfusion system.
For example, additional additives that can be included with the solution or added at
the point of use by the user include hormones and steroids, such as dexamethasone
and insulin, as well as vitamins, such as an adult multi-vitamin, for example adult
multivitamins for infusion, such as MVl-Adult. Additional small molecules and large
bio—molecules can also be included with the runtime perfusion on or added at the
IO point of use by the user, including therapeutics and/or components typically
associated with blood or blood plasma, such as albumin.
In some embodiments, therapeutics can be added either before or during
perfusion of the liver. The therapeutics can also be added directly to the system
independently from the e perfusion solution, before or during perfusion of the
organ.
With further reference to Table 3 or 4, certain components used in the
exemplary runtime perfusion solution are molecules, such as small organic les
or large bio-molecules, that would be vated, for example through decomposition
or denaturing, if passed through ization. Thus, these components can be prepared
separately from the remaining ents of the runtime perfusion solution. The
separate preparation involves tely purifying each component through known
techniques. The remaining components of the runtime perfusion solution are
sterilized, for e h an autoclave, then combined with the biological
components.
Table 5 lists certain biological components that can be separately purified and
added to the solutions (runtime perfusion solution and/or priming solution) described
herein after sterilization, according to this two-step process. These additional or
supplemental ents can be added to runtime perfusion solution, the priming
solution or a combination thereof individually, in s combinations, all at once as
a ition, or as a combined solution. For example, in certain embodiments, the
insulin, and MVI-Adult, listed in Table 5, are added to the runtime perfusion solution.
In another example, the SoluMedrol and the sodium bicarbonate, listed in Table 5, are
added to the priming solution. The additional components can also be combined in
ZOIS/033839
one or more combinations or all together and placed in solution before being added to
runtime perfusion solution, and/or the priming on. In some embodiments, the
additional components are added ly to the perfusion fluid. The component
amounts listed in Table 5 are relative to each other and/or to the amounts of
components listed in one or more of Tables 1-4 as well as the amount of aqueous
solution used in ing the runtime perfusion solution, and/or the priming solution
and can be scaled as riate for the amount of solution required.
TABLE 5. Exemplary Biological Components
Added to Solutions Prior to Use
Amount Type Specification
about 100 Units Hormone d: about 10%
MVI-Adult 1 mL unit vial Vitamin :t about 10%
SoluMedrol About 250 mg Steroid d: about 10%
Sodium About 20 mEq Buffer 5: about 10%
Bicarbonate
In one embodiment, a composition for use in a runtime perfusion solution is
provided comprising one or more carbohydrates, one or more organ stimulants, and a
plurality of amino acids. The composition can also include other substances, such as
those used in solutions described .
In another embodiment, a system for perfusing a liver, is provided comprising
a liver and a substantially cell-free composition, comprising one or more
ydrates, one or more organ stimulants, and a plurality of amino acids. The
substantially cell-free composition can include systems that are substantially free from
cellular matter; in particular, systems that are not derived from cells. For example,
substantially cell-free composition can include compositions and solutions prepared
from llular sources.
In r , the runtime perfusion solution and/or the priming solution
can be provided in the form of a kit that includes one or more organ maintenance
WO 87737 PCT/U52015/033839
solutions. An exemplary runtime perfusion solution can include components
fied above in one or more fluid solutions for use in a liver perfusion fluid. In
certain embodiments, the runtime perfusion solution can include multiple solutions
which, in various ations, provide the runtime perfusion on.
Alternatively, the kit can include dry components that can be regenerated in a fluid to
form one or more runtime perfusion solution or priming on. The kit can also
comprise components from the runtime perfusion solution or priming solution in one
or more concentrated solutions which, on on, provide a preservation, nutritional,
and/or supplemental solution as described herein. The kit can also include a priming
solution.
In certain embodiments, the kit is provided in a single package, wherein the kit
includes one or more solutions (or components necessary to formulate the one or
more solutions by mixing with an appropriate fluid), and instructions for sterilization,
flow and temperature l during perfusion and use and other information
necessary or appropriate to apply the kit to organ ion. In n embodiments, a
kit is provided with only a single runtime ion solution (or set of dry components
for use in a solution upon mixing with an appropriate fluid), and along with a set of
instructions and other information or materials necessary or useful to operate the
runtime perfusion solution or priming solution.
In certain embodiments, the runtime perfusion solution is a singular solution.
In other embodiments, the runtime ion solution can include a main runtime
perfusion solution and one or more nutritional ment solutions. The nutritional
supplement solution can contain any compound or biological component suitable for
the runtime perfusion describe above. For instance, the nutritional ment
solution can contain one or more ents illustrated in Tables 1-5 above.
Additionally, Table 6 sets forth components that are used in an ary nutritional
supplement solution. In some embodiments, the nutritional solution further includes
sodium glycerol phosphate. The amount of components in Table 6 is relative to the
amount of aqueous solvent employed in the solution (about 500 mL) and may be
scaled as appropriate. In some embodiments, the quantity of aqueous solvent varies
iabout 10%. In these embodiments when a main runtime solution and one or more
nutritional solutions are used, these solutions can be separately connected to the
circulation system of the organ care system 600 and control separately. Thus, when
PCT/U52015/033839
one or more components in a nutritional on need to be adjusted, the operator
may remake this particular nutritional solution with different concentration for these
ents or adjust only the flow rate and/or pressure for this nutritional solution
without ing the flow rate and/or pressure for the main runtimc perfusion solution
and other nutritional solutions.
TABLE 6. Components of Exemplary ional
Solution (about 500 mL)
In one embodiment, the e perfusion on and the priming solution
have the identical composition which is described in any one of Tables 1-6 or a
combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the perfusion liquid comprises 1200- l 500ml of pRBCs,
400 ml of 25% Albumin, 700 ml of PlasmaLyte, antibiotic (gram positive and gram
negative) lg Cefazoline (or equivalent antibiotic) and 100 mg Cipro (or equivalent
antibiotic), 500 mg of edrol (or equivalent anti-inflammatory), 50 mmol Hc03,
multivitamin, and 10000 unit of Heparin administered at 3hr and 6 hr PT.
In certain specific embodiments, the perfusion fluid comprises the liver
donor’s blood, or packed red blood cells (RBCs), or packed RBCs with fresh frozen
plasma, and the runtime perfusion solution containing one or more components
selected form the group consisting of human albumin or dextran. In certain specific
embodiments, the perfusion fluid comprises the liver donor’s blood, or packed RBCs
or packed RBCs with fresh frozen plasma, and the runtime perfusion solution
containing one or more components selected form the group consisting of human
albumin, dextran, and one or more electrolyte.
E. flush solution
Aficr the suitable recipient of the liver transplant is identified and before the
liver is removed from the organ care system 600, the liver organ can be subjected to
another flush s by a flush solution. This flush solution has the similar function
as the l flush solution, which is to remove the al blood therein and stabilize
the liver. This flush solution is referred to herein as the final flush solution. In some
PCT/U52015/033839
embodiments, the final flush on has similar or identical compositions as the
initial flush solution bed above. The main components of the final flush
solution can e electrolytes (e.g., plasmalyte) and buffering agents described
herein. In certain embodiments, one or more commercially-available preservation
solutions used in hypothcrrnal organ transplant are used as the final flush solution.
After the liver is subjected to the final flush and cooled according to one more
embodiments described herein, the liver can be removed from the organ care system
600 for implantation into a recipient.
Vl. Methods
Exemplary methods to use the organ care system 600 sed herein are now
described in more . is a flow diagram 5000 depicting exemplary and
non-limiting methodologies for harvesting the donor liver and cannulating it into the
organ care system 600 described . The process 5000 shown in is
ary only and can be modified. For example, the stages described therein can
be altered, changed, rearranged, and/or omitted.
A. Harvesting organ
As shown in , the process of obtaining and preparing liver for
cannulation and transport can begin by providing a suitable liver donor (Stage 5004).
The system 600 can be brought to a donor location, whereupon the process of
receiving and preparing the donor liver for cannulation and preservation can d
down pathways 5006 and 5008. The pathway 5006 principally es preparing the
donor liver for preservation, while the pathway 5008 principally involves preparing
the system to receive and preserved the liver, and then ort the liver via the organ
care system 600 to the recipient site.
As shown in , the first pathway 5006 can include cxsanguinating the
donor blood (Stage 5010), explanting the liver (Stage 5014), flushing the liver with
initial flush solution (Stage 5016), and preparing and cooling the liver for the system
(Stage 5018). In particular, in the exsanguination stage 5010, the donor's blood can
be partially and/or wholly removed and set aside so it can be used to as the blood
product in the perfusion liquid to perfuse the liver during preservation on the system.
This stage can be performed by inserting a catheter into either the al or venous
vaseulature of the donor to allow the donor's blood to flow out of the donor and be
WO 87737 PCT/U52015/033839
collected into a blood collection bag. The donor's blood is d to flow out until
the necessary amount of blood is collected, typically 1.0-2.5 liters, whereupon the
catheter is removed. The blood extracted through exsanguination is then optionally
d and added to a fluid reservoir of the system in preparation for use with the
system. Alternatively, the blood can be exsanguinated from the donor and filtered for
leukocytes and platelets in a single step that uses an apparatus having a filter
integrated with the a and blood collection bag. An example of such a filter is a
Pall BCZB filter. Alternatively, a blood product can be used instead of the donor’s
blood in the perfusion liquid (not shown in ).
After the donor's blood is exsanguinated, the donor liver can be harvested
(Stage 5014). Any standard liver harvesting method known in the art can be used.
During liver harvesting, the liver vessels including c artery, portal vein, inferior
vena cava(1VC), and bile duct are ed properly and severed, with sufficient
vessel length remained for cannulation (e.g., standard ce, suitable for human or
animal transplant). In certain embodiments, the gall bladder is removed during the
liver harvesting and care is taken to preserve the common bile duct intact to maintain
stable bile fluid flow during the liver preservation. After the liver is removed in
hospital settings, it is ofien flushed (e.g., donor flush) or placed in saline ons. In
stage 5016, the harvested liver can then be flushed by an initial flush solution to
remove any residual blood and/or donor flush solution to improve the stability of the
liver. An exemplary composition of the initial flush solution is described above in
detail.
After the liver is harvested and prior to its placement on the organ care system
600, the liver can be cooled down (Stage 5018) to reduce or halt its metabolic
functions to avoid damage to the liver which otherwise can occur during
transportation or placement of the liver into the organ care system 600. In certain
embodiments, the liver is cooled to about 4°C to 10°C, 5° C to 9° C, 5°C to 8°C, 4°C,
° C, 6° C, 7°C, 8°C, 9°C, or 10°C, or a temperature within any range bounded by the
value described . The liver can be cooled by ice or refrigeration. Other
temperature ranges below 4°C and above 10 °C are also possible. Alternatively, the
initial flush solution can be cooled first and then used to flush the liver to cool the
liver. Thus, in these alternative embodiments, Stages 5016 and 5018 can be
2015/033839
performed simultaneously. Once the liver is prepared and cooled to a proper
temperature, it can be ready to be placed onto the liver care system 600.
With continued reference to , during the preparation of the liver via
path 5006, the system can be ed through the stages of path 5008 so it is primed
and waiting to receive the liver for cannulation and preservation as soon as the liver is
prepared and cooled. By quickly transferring the liver from the donor to the system,
and subsequently perfusing the liver with the ion fluid, a medical operator can
minimize the amount of time the liver is deprived of oxygen and other nutrients, and
thus reduce isehemia and other ill effects that arise during current organ care
techniques. In certain embodiments, the amount of time between infusing the liver
with the l flush solution and beginning flow of the perfusion fluid through the
liver via the organ care system 600 is less than about 15 minutes. In other illustrative
embodiments, the between-time is less than about 1/2 hour, less than about 1 hour,
less than about 2 hours, or even less than about 3 hours. Similarly, the time between
transplanting the liver into the organ care system 600 and bringing the liver to a near
physiological temperature (e.g., between about 34 0C and about 37 GC) can occurs
within a brief period of time so as to reduce isehemia within the liver tissues. In some
illustrative ments, the period of time is less than about 5 minutes, while in
other applications it can be less than about 1/2 hour, less than about 1 hour, less than
about 2 hours, or even less than about 3 hours. Stated differently, when the cooled
liver is first placed into the organ care system 600, the temperature of the liver can
gradually be raised to the desired temperature over a predetermined amount of time to
reduce any potential damage that could result of a sudden temperature change.
As shown in , the system can be ed in pathway 5008 through a
series of stages, which include preparing the single use module (stage 5022), priming
the system with priming solution (stage 5024), filtering the blood from the donor and
adding it to the system, e.g., at a reservoir of the system (stage 5012), optionally
priming the system with blood and/or perfusion fluids, and connecting the liver into
the system (stage 5020). In ular, the step 5022 of preparing the single use
module includes assembling the able single use module described herein (e.g.,
single use module 634). After the single use module is assembled, or provided in the
riate assembly, it is then inserted into and ted to the multiple use module
(e.g., multiple use module 650) through the process described herein.
PCT/USZOIS/O33839
Specifically, in stage 5024, the liver care system 600 can be first primed with a
priming solution, the composition of which is bed more fully above. In n
embodiments, to aid in priming, the system can provide an organ bypass conduit
installed into the organ chamber assembly. For example, in certain specific
embodiments, the bypass t includes three segments attached to the hepatic
artery cannulation interface, the portal vein cannulation interface, and the inferior
vena cava (IVC) cannulation interface (if t). Using the bypass conduit
ed/cannulated into the liver chamber assembly, an operator can cause the system
to circulate the perfusion fluid through all of the paths used during actual operation.
This can enable the system to be thoroughly tested and primed prior to cannulating the
liver into place.
In stage 5012, blood from the donor can be filtered and added to the system,
e.g., in the reservoir 160. The filtering process can help reduce the inflammatory
process through the complete or partial removal of ytes and platelets.
Additionally, the donor blood can be used to optionally prime the system as bed
above and/or mixed with one or more priming solution or runtime perfusion solution
to further prime the system as described above. Additionally, the blood and the run
time perfusion solution can be mixed together to form the perfusion fluid used later
for infusing and preserving the liver. In stage 5026, the system can be primed with
the blood and/or the perfusion fluid by ting the pump and by pumping the blood
and/or the perfusion fluid through the system with the bypass t (described
above) in place. As the perfusion fluid circulates through the system in priming stage
5026, it can optionally be warmed to the desired temperature (c.g., normotherrnic) as
it passes h a heater assembly of the system. Thus, prior to cannulating the
harvested liver, the system can be primed by circulating the g solution,
exsanguinatcd donor blood, and/or the mixture of the two (e.g., the perfusion fluid)
through the system to heat, oxygenate and/or filter it. Nutrients, preservatives, and/or
other eutics can also be provided during priming by addition of the components
to the priming solution. During priming, various parameters can also be initialized and
calibrated via the operator interface during priming. Once primed and running
appropriately, the pump flow can be reduced or cycled off, the bypass conduit can be
removed from the organ chamber assembly, and the liver can then be cannulated into
the organ chamber assembly.
PCT/U52015/033839
l. ation
In stage 5020, the liver, while cooled as described above, can be cannulated
and placed onto the organ care system 600. During liver preservation, the perfusion
fluid can flow into the liver h the hepatic artery and portal vein and flow out of
the liver through the or vena cava (IVC). Thus, the hepatic artery, inferior vena
cava (WC), and portal vein can be correspondingly cannulated and connected with
the relevant flow path of the liver care system 600 to ensure proper perfusion through
the liver (as described above). In some embodiments, the IVC is not cannulated and
free drains. The bile duct can also be cannulated as well and connected to a reservoir
to collect the bile produced by the liver (e.g., bile bag 187).
The system 600 described herein can be designed to be ible with the
human hepatic artery anatomy. 1n the majority of the patients, the hepatic artery is the
only major artery of the liver and thus the organ care system 600 can a single-port
cannula to be connected with the hepatic artery. In certain cases (i.e., about 10-20%
of the patient population with genetic difference), however, the donor of the liver also
has an accessory hepatic artery in addition to the main hepatic artery. Thus, in certain
embodiments, the liver care system 600 provides a dual-port cannula ration
(e.g., cannula 2642) so that both the main and accessory c arteries can be
cannulated and connected to the same perfusion fluid flow path. In certain specific
embodiments, the dual-port cannula has a Y shape. Any other le shapes or
s for the dual-port cannula are contemplated.
In certain embodiments, the cannula can be designed to be straight to reduce
unnecessary flow pressure drop along the cannula flow path. In other embodiments,
the cannula can be designed to be curved or angled as required by the shape, size, or
geometry of the organ care system 600’s other components. In some specific
ments, the cannula is designed with a proper shape, e.g., straight, angled, or a
combination thereof, so that the overall flow pressure within the cannula is
maintained at a d level that mimics physiologic conditions.
2. Instrumentation
The liver can then be mented on the organ care system 600 (Stage 5020)
and more specifically, in the organ chamber 104. Care should be taken to avoid
PCT/U52015/033839
excessive movement of the liver during instrumentation to reduce injuries to the liver.
As described above in greater detail, the liver chamber can be specially designed to
maintain the liver in a stable position that reduces its movement.
B. Preservation/transport
l. Controlled early perfusion and rewarming
In certain embodiments, once the liver is mented on the organ care
system 600 with proper ation of the vessels, the liver can be subjected to an
early perfusion and/or rewarm process to restore the liver to a normothermic
temperature (34-37° C) (Stage 5021). In some ments, the organ r can
contain heating circuit to warm the previously cooled liver to normothermic
temperature gradually over a predetermined amount of time. In other embodiments,
the initial perfusion fluid (for early perfusion) can be heated to close to or to the
normothermic temperature (e.g., 34-37° C) and perfuse and warm the liver at the same
time. As bed herein, the liver preserved on the organ care system 600 can be
kept at conditions near to physiological state, which includes normothermic
temperatures, to maintain the livcr’s normal biological functions.
After the liver is instrumented onto the system and warmed to normothermic
temperature, the pump within the organ care system 600 (c.g., pump 106) can be
adjusted to pump perfusion fluid through the liver, e.g., into the hepatic artery and
portal vein. The perfusion fluid exiting from the IVC (or c veins, depending on
how the liver was harvested) can be ted and subjected to various ents
including re-oxygenation and carbon dioxide removal. Various nutrients can be
added to the spent perfusion fluid to increase the nutrient concentrations to required
value for recirculation.
In some embodiments, during the liver perfusion on the organ care system
600, the in-flow pressures within the hepatic artery and the portal vein are carefully
controlled to ensure the proper delivery of nutrients to the liver to maintain its
functions. In some ments, the flow pressure within the c artery can be,
for e, 50 — 120 mmHg and the flow pressure in the portal vein can be 5 — 15
mmHg, although pressures outside these ranges are possible such as l, 2, 20, 25, 30,
, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 1 10, 120 mmHg, or a pressure in any range
bounded by the values noted here. 1n some embodiments, the flow rate within the
PCT/U52015/033839
hepatic artery and the portal vein can be maintained at about or more than 0.25 — 1.0
L/min, and 0.75 — 2.0 L/min, respectively, or at any range bounded by any of the
values noted here. In some embodiments, the flow rate within the hepatic artery and
the portal vein can be maintained at about 0.25, 0.30, 0.35, 0.40, 0.45, 0.50, 0.55,
0.60, 0.65, 0.70, 0.75, 0.80, 0.85, 0.90, 0.95, 1.00, 1.10, 1.20, 1.30, 1.40, 1.50, 1.60,
1.70, 1.80, 1.90, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 L/min or a rate in any range bounded by the
values noted here.
In some embodiments, the fluid flow, e.g., flow rate and/or flow pressure,
within the organ care system 600 and hepatic artery and the portal vein can be
controlled ally and/or mechanically. The mechanical or the chemical control
of the flow can be achieved automatically or manually.
2. /automatic control
The mechanical control of the fluid flow within the organ care system 600 and
c artery and the portal vein is first described. In some embodiments, the flow
pressure or rate within the flow path of the organ care system 600 can be measured by
pressure sensors or rate sensors built in the flow path or in other locations of the
systems. Similarly, pressure or rate sensors can be located in the cannulas for the
hepatic artery and/or the portal vein, or in the connectors connecting the cannulas to
these s. The pressure or rate sensors can provide the operator with readings
ing the flow within the flow path and/or within the c artery and/or the
portal vein. Any other pressure monitoring methods or ques known in the art
are contemplated. If the pressure or rate reading is deviating from the desired values,
the operator can manually adjust the flow pump to increase or se the pumping
pressure and, y, the flow rate for the perfusion fluid. Alternatively, the organ
care system 600 can contain a flow control module which has a programmable desired
value for flow rate and/or flow pressure and automatically adjusts the pumping
pressure of the perfusion fluid and thereby also adjusting the flow rate when the flow
pressure and/or rate are deviating from the desired values. Manual and/or automatic
control is described more fully above.
ZOIS/O33839
3. Chemical control
In other embodiments, the pressure and/or fluid flow within the organ care
system 600 and hepatic artery and the portal vein can be lled chemically. In
some specific ments, the pressure can be controlled or increased by using one
or more lators (e.g., a vasodilator can be used to increase or decrease vascular
tone and thereby the pressure within the vessel). Vasodilation refers to the widening
of blood vessels resulting from relaxation of smooth muscle cells within the vessel
walls. When blood vessels dilate, the flow of perfusion fluid is increased due to a
decrease in vascular resistance. Any vasodilators known in the art can be used to
dilate the hepatic artery and/or the portal vein to increase the fluid flow rate therein.
In some particular embodiments, the vasodilator used is FlolanE. In particular, when
the fluid flow is insufficient as indicated by low flow re or rate, and/or by any
of the liver-viability evaluation techniques described in greater detail below, the
operator can manually add lator into the system’s flow module or to the
perfusion fluid to increase the fluid flow rate. Altematively, the organ care system
600 can contain a flow control module which automatically adds one more
vasodilators into the flow path or perfusion fluid to se the flow rate. The
amount of the vasodilator provided can be between, for example, 1- 100
micrograms/hr, and more specifically between 1-5 micrograms/hr. These ranges are
exemplary only and any range falling within 0-100 micrograms an hour can be used.
Some embodiments of the foregoing can be adapted for use with a liver that is
being ved in the system 600. For example, in this embodiment, an algorithm
can be used to allow closed loop control of the hepatic artery pressure (HAP). The
algorithm used can be a proportional-integra|-derivative controller (PID controller).
A PID controller can calculate how far away the HAP is from the desired set point
and attempt to minimize the error by increasing or decreasing the vasodilator (e.g.,
Flolanx) flow rate.
Accordingly, in some embodiments, the ller 150 (or other part of the
system) can determine the error (e.g., how far the HAP is from the user set-point) and
adjust the vasodilator flow rate in an attempt to make the error 0. In embodiments
where the algorithm runs once a second the adjustments can be very small. Small,
frequent ments can help to stabilize the control by ng that any noise in the
system does not result in dramatic changes in vasodilator flow rate. The algorithm
PCT/U52015/033839
can be trying to get the HAP to the user set point. This means that when the HAP is
above the set point the algorithm can increase the lator solution flow rate until
the HAP reaches the user set point. If the HAP is below the user set point the
algorithm can se the vasodilator solution flow rate until the HAP reaches the
user set point.
In some embodiments, the PID control algorithm does not se the
vasodilator flow rate until it has gone under the set point. This can result in
undershooting the target pressure. To help offset this, some embodiments can use a
virtual set point, which is +3 mmHg (or other value) above the user set point. This
can be user definable or hard-programmed. When the HAP is higher than 7mmHg
above the user set point the software can enable the virtual set point and attempt to
regulate the HAP to +3 mmHg above the user set point. This can allow for some
undershoot of the virtual set point. Once the HAP has stabilized at the virtual set
point the sofiware can then regulate the HAP to the user set point. This approach can
help “catch” the HAP as it is falling without incurring as ic of an undershoot.
Referring to , a graphical entation of the foregoing is shown with
respect to ascending aortic pressure in a heart system. In , an exemplary graph
9500 of the foregoing is shown. The image shows the AOP (e.g., 9505) coming down
to a virtual set point (9510), undershooting the virtual set point and then coming down
softly on the user set point (50 mmHg).
Because some embodiments use a drug to control the HAP it can be cial
to ensure that the system is not flooding the liver with vasodilator when it is not
needed. To accomplish this, the system can analyze how far the HAP is from the set
point and when the HAP is above the set point, the system (e.g., the solution pump
631) can add vasodilator at the standard rate. If the HAP is below the set point, the
system 600 can decrease the flow rate 4 times faster than if it were adding vasodilator.
This can help the system stay just above the HAP set point (e.g., about +0.5 to +1
mmHg) in the “active ment” area as well as potentially helping minimize
undershoot but sing vasodilator rate faster.
While the foregoing description has focused on the liver, the same technique
can be adapted for use with the heart by substituting AOP for thc HAP.
PCT/U52015/033839
4. Assessment
During stages 5028 and 5030 the operator can evaluate the liver ons to
determine liver viability for transplant (then-current or likely future viability).
Illustratively, step 5028 es evaluating liver functions by using any of the
evaluation techniques described in more detail below. For instance, the operator can
monitor the fluid flows, pressures, and temperatures of the system while the liver is
cannulated. The operator can also monitor one or more liver function biomarkers to
assess the liver status. During the evaluation step 5030, based on the data and other
information ed during testing 5028, the operator can ine whether and
how to adjust the system properties (e.g., fluid flows, pressures, nutrient
concentrations, oxygen trations, and temperatures), and whether to provide
additional modes of treatment to the liver (e.g., surgeries, medications as described in
more detail below). The operator can make any such adjustments in step 5032, can
then repeat steps 5028 and 5030 to re-test and re-evaluate the liver and the system. In
certain embodiments, the operator can also opt to perform surgical, therapeutic or
other procedures on liver (described in more detail below) during the adjustment step
5032 (or at other times). For example, the operator can conduct an evaluation of the
liver functions, such as for e, performing an ultrasound or other imaging test
on the liver, measuring arterial and venous blood gas levels and other evaluative tests.
Thus, after or while the liver is preserved on the system, the operator can
perform surgery on the liver or provide therapeutic or other treatment, such as
immunosuppressive treatments, chemotherapy, genetic testing and therapies, or
irradiation therapy. Because the system allows the liver to be perfused under near
physiological ature, fluid flow rate, and oxygen saturation levels, the liver can
be maintained for a long period of time (e.g., for a period of at least 3 days or more,
greater than at least 1 week, at least 3 weeks, or a month or more) to allow for
repeated evaluation and treatment.
In some embodiments, the system allows a l operator to evaluate the
liver for compatibility with an intended recipient by identifying suitable recipient
(Step 5034). For e, the operator can perform a Human Leukocyte Antigen
(HLA) matching test on the liver while the liver is cannulated to the system. Such
tests can e 12 hours or longer and are performed to ensure compatibility of the
liver with the intended ent. The preservation of a liver using the system
WO 87737 PCT/U52015/033839
described herein can allow for vation times in excess of the time needed to
complete an HLA match, potentially resulting in ed post-transplant outcomes.
In the HLA matching test example, the HLA test can be performed on the liver while
a preservation solution is pumping into the liver. Any other matching test known in
the art is contemplated.
According to the illustrative embodiment, the testing 5028, evaluation 5030
and adjustment 5032 stages can be conducted with the system operating in normal
flow mode. In normal flow mode, the operator can test the function of the liver under
normal or near normal physiologic blood flow conditions. Based on the evaluation
5030, the settings of the system can be adjusted in step 5032, if necessary, to modify
the flow, heating and/or other characteristics to stabilize the liver in ation for
transport to the recipient site in stage 5036. The system with the preserved liver can
be transported to the recipient site at step 5036.
C. Preparation for transplant
1. Final ool liver
In certain embodiments, before the liver is removed from the system 600
and/or ted into a recipient, the liver can be flushed by a final flush on to,
for example, remove any residual blood and/or runtimc perfusion solution. The
composition of the final flush solution is described in detail above.
In certain embodiments, prior to the removal of the liver from the organ care
° C, 5°C
system 600, the liver can be cooled again to a temperature at about 4°C to 10
to 9°C, 5°C to 8° C, 4°C, 5°C, 6°C, 7°C, 8°C, 9°C, or 10°C, or a temperature within
any range bounded by the value described . The liver can be cooled by contact
with ice or refrigeration of the liver preservation chamber. In some embodiments, the
system 600 can include a cooling unit that is configured to cool the liver directly
and/or cool the fluid circulating in the system 100. The final flush solution can also
be chilled first and then used to flush the liver to cool the liver. Thus, in these
embodiments, the liver can be finally flushed and cooled simultaneously. Once the
liver is prepared and cooled down to a proper temperature, it can be ready to bc
transplanted into a suitable recipient.
For example, in some ments, the liver is cooled and flushed while on
the system 600. The user can connect a one liter bag of chilled flush solution to the
PCT/U52015/033839
flush port of the hepatic artery (e.g., port 4301) but leaves the port closed. The user
connects two one liter bags of chilled flush solution to the flush port of the portal vein
(e.g., port 4302) but leaves the port closed. The user connects a flush collection bag to
the ion module to the perfusate collection port located just after the perfusion
module's pump compliance chamber (e.g., port 4309). The user can then apply a
standard surgical clamp to the ion module tubing just before the split to the
hepatic artery and portal vein simultaneous with the turning off of the circulatory
pump 106. The hepatic artery and portal vein flush ports can be opened so that the
flush solution will enter the hepatic artery and the portal vein. The perfusate collection
bag can be unclampcd so that the mixture of perfusate and flush solution fills the bag
rather than filling the organ chamber.
In the event that a decision is made to cool the liver at the end of preservation,
then the following ary procedure can be used:
1. Obtain and set-up a Heater Cooler unit (placed near OCS, ical line
plugged in, power ON, water circuit controls ON, water t valve OFF). Do not
connect Heater Cooler water lines to Liver Perfusion Module gas exchanger water
lines yet.
2. Set Heater Cooler water circuit temperature to near the current liver
temperature (e.g., approximately 37°C) and allow it to reach temperature.
3. Connect Hansen quick connect equipped Heater Cooler water lines to Liver
Perfusion Module oxygenator water lines.
4. Turn the heater 100 OFF.
. Set water circuit temperature of Heater Cooler to a lower temperature than
the liver but not more than 10° C lower and open the valve of the water lines to allow
flow to the Liver Perfusion Module gas exchanger 1 14. As the actual temperature of
the perfusion fluid, as reflected on the user interface, approaches the Heater Cooler
water ature set point, adjust the Heater Cooler water temperature set point
lower, but not more than 10° C lower than the ate/liver temperature, in
increments and keep repeating until the blood/liver have reached the desired
temperature.
6. When the liver temperature has reached the desired temperature, remove the
liver from the system 600.
PCT/U52015/033839
While the foregoing has focused on final flush and cooling ofa liver, a similar
or identical procedure can be used when preserving other organs. For example, in
some ments, the foregoing final flush/cooling technique can be applied to a
heart and/or lung that is being preserved by the system 600.
VI]. Evaluation
In some ments of the disclosed subject matter, various techniques or
methods to assess the ity of the liver while the liver is preserved on the organ
care system 600 are provided (e.g., viability for transplant). Generally, biomarkers
known in the art for evaluating liver functions, e.g., liver enzymes, and known
imaging techniques can be used to evaluate the biological functions and status of the
liver. onally, e the liver ved on the organ care system 600 is
readily accessible to the operator, techniques not easily available to the health care
profession in viva, e.g., visual observation of the liver or palpation of the liver, can
also be used. Based on the evaluation results, one or more parameters of the organ
care system 600, e.g., nutrients or oxygen content in the perfusion fluid or the flow
rate and flow pressure of the perfusion fluid, can be adjusted to improve the viability
of the liver.
In some embodiments, the perfusion parameters of the organ care system 600
can be used to te the viability of the liver. Specifically, in certain
embodiments, the perfusion liquid flow pressures in the cannulated hepatic artery
and/or portal vein can be measured as an indicator of the liver ity. In some
embodiments, a stable flow re in the range of 50 — 120 mmHg in the hepatic
artery line can indicate that the preserved liver is receiving sufficient essential nutrient
supply. For example, in some embodiments, a stable flow pressure of about 50, 60,
70, 80, 90, 100, l 10, 120 mmHg, or a pressure in any range bounded by the values
noted here can indicate that the preserved liver is receiving sufficient essential
nutrient supply. A flow pressure outside this range can indicate a leak or blockage in
the system, or suggest to the or to adjust the flow re to ensure proper
nutrient supply to the liver. In other embodiments, the perfusion liquid flow rate in
the cannulated hepatic artery and/or portal vein can be measured as an indicator of the
liver viability. In other embodiments, a flow rate in the range of 0.25 — 1 L/min for
the hepatic artery can indicate that the preserved liver is receiving sufficient essential
PCT/U52015/033839
nutrient supply. For example, in some embodiments, a flow rate of about 0.25. 0.30,
0.35, 0.40, 0.45, 0.50, 0.55, 0.60, 0.65, 0.70, 0.75, 0.80, 0.85, 0.90, 0.95, 1.00 L/min
or a rate in any range d by the values noted here for the hepatic artery can
indicate that the ved liver is receiving sufficient essential nutrient supply. A
flow rate outside this range can indicate a leak or blockage in the system, or suggest
to the operator to adjust the flow rate to ensure proper nutrient supply to the liver.
The flow rate and pressure can be measured using the pressure and/or flow sensors
described herein.
In some embodiments, visual observation or examination of the liver can be
used to assess the liver viability. For instance. a pink or red color of the liver can
te that the liver is functioning normally, while a dark or blueish color of the
liver can indicate that the liver is functioning abnormally or deteriorating (e.g., is
being hypoperfused). In other embodiments, palpation of the liver is used to assess its
viability. When the liver feels soft and elastic, the liver is likely functioning
normally. On the other hand, if liver feels tense or stiff, the liver is likely functioning
abnormally or deteriorating (e.g., is being hypoperfused).
A. Bile production
In some ments, because the bile duct is cannulath and connected to a
reservoir of the organ care system 600, the color and amount of bile produced by the
liver can be easily examined to te the liver ity. In certain embodiments,
black or dark green color bile can indicate normal liver function while a light or clear
color of the bile can indicate that the liver is not functioning properly or deteriorating.
In still other embodiments, the amount of the bile production can be used to evaluate
the liver viability as well (and/or the determination that the liver is producing bile at
all can be a good indicator). While any bile production can be a sign of a y
liver, generally, the more the bile produced, the better the liver function. In certain
embodiments, a bile production of from about 250 mL to l L, 500 mL to IL, 500 mL
to 750 mL, 500 mL, 750, or 1 L per day or in any ranges bounded by the values noted
herein suggests that the liver preserved on the organ care system 600 is functioning
ly and viable.
B. Blood gas, liver enzymes, and lactate measurements/trends
PCT/U52015/033839
In some embodiments, various biomarkcrs or compounds in the perfusion
liquid can be used to evaluate the liver viability. For instance, metabolic assessment
of the liver can be conducted by calculating oxygen delivery, oxygen consumption,
and oxygen demand. Specifically, the amount of oxygen and carbon e
ved in the perfusion liquid can be monitored as indicators of the liver function.
The concentrations of these gases in the perfusion liquid (or the blood product) before
and after liver perfusion can be measured and compared. In certain specific
embodiments, the trations of the oxygen and carbon dioxide can be measured
by various sensors within the organ care system 600‘s flow module or subsystem.
In some embodiments, the perfusion fluid before and after liver perfusion
(e.g., the perfusion fluid entering the hepatic artery and exiting the IVC) can be
sampled using respective oxygen concentration (or other) sensors and the relevant
concentrations of the oxygen and carbon e can be measured. A significant
increase of the carbon dioxide concentration in the perfusion liquid afier liver
perfusion, and/or a significant decrease of the oxygen concentration after the liver
perfusion, can indicate that the liver is performing its ive metabolic functions
well. On the other hand, a minor or no increase of the carbon dioxide concentration in
the perfusion liquid after liver perfusion, and/or minor or no decrease of the oxygen
tration after the liver perfiJsion, can indicate that the liver is not performing its
oxidative metabolic functions properly. The difference of PVC; and PaOz can
indicate metabolically active, aerobically active metabolism, oxygen consumption.
In some embodiments, liver fimction blood test (LEFTs) can be conducted to
assess the liver viability. Specifically, in some embodiments, aspartate
aminotransferase (AST), alanine aminotransferase (ALT), alkaline phosphates,
albumin, bilirubin (direct and ct) can be measured to evaluate the liver
functions. In other embodiments, the fibrinogen blood level can be measured as well
as an indication of the liver cells’ ability to e clotting factors.
AST, ALT are liver enzymes and are well-accepted clinical liver biomarkcrs
used for assessing the liver functions and/or suitability for transplant. However, the
measurements of AST and ALT are usually complicated and time-consuming, and are
typically conducted in al or lab settings. Thus, there exists a need for a
sensitive and simple indicator for ining the status of the ved liver.
Lactate, also called lactic acid, is a byproduct/end product of anaerobic metabolism in
WO 87737 PCT/USZOIS/033839
living tissues/organs. Lactate is generated when there is no or low oxygen in the
cell to metabolize glucose for basic energy production h the glycolysis
pathway. Applicant has discovered that the level of the lactate in the perfusion liquid,
e.g., the perfusion liquid exiting from the IVC, can be ed as a surrogate for
measuring the AST levels. The lactate concentration can be measured quickly and
simply, which provides significant advantages over the onsuming liver enzyme
measurement. Based on the quick feedback provided by lactate measurements, one or
more parameters of the organ care system 600, e.g., flow rate, pressure, and nt
concentrations, can be adjusted to preserve or improve the liver viability quickly.
IO Stated differently, lactate values (e.g., arterial lactate trends) can be correlated to and
be indicative ofAST . For example, a series (over time) of lactate
measurements trending lower can correlate and/or be indicative of a trending lower
AST. In some embodiments, e measurements can be taken in the measurement
drain 2804, although this is not required and can occur at any other on in the
system 100. Additionally, in some embodiments, the system 600 can be configured
to obtain lactate measurements over time from a single location, a differential
between a lactate value entering and exiting the liver, and over time at multiple
locations.
C. Imaging
In still other embodiments, various other methods known in the art can be used
to assess the liver viability. In some specific embodiments, ultrasound analysis of the
liver can be conducted to assess liver parenchyma, intra- and extra-hepatic biliary
tree. Other non-limiting examples of imaging techniques include ic
Resonance Imaging (MRI), Computed Tomography (CT), Positron Emission
Tomography (PET), copy, Transjugular lntrahepatie Portosystemic Shunt
(TIPS), all of which can be used to assess the liver and detect abnormalities. For
example, when examining an ultrasound of the liver, the doctor can examine
idal dimensions, potential obstructions in the bile duct, and/or generalized
blood flow.
PCT/U52015/033839
D. Pathology/biopsy
In still other embodiments, liver biopsy can be used to assess the liver
ity. In liver biopsy, a small piece of liver tissue is removed so it can be
examined under a microscope for signs of damage or disease. Because the liver is
preserved ex vivo on the organ care system 600, it is readily accessible and the biopsy
can be easily ted.
VIII. The Cloud
During operation, the system 600 generates information about the system itself
and/or the organ being maintained. In some embodiments of the system 600, this
information can be stored in an internal memory such as RAM or ROM. In some
embodiments the information ted by the system 600 can also be transmitted to
a remote storage location such as in the Cloud. The Cloud can be, for example, a
series of remote interconnected computers that are configured to provide data and/or
es over the Internet. The Cloud can store the ation, perform analysis on
the information, and/or provide the information to one or more third parties and/or
stakeholders.
In some embodiments of the system 600, the system can include a odal
communication link between itself and one of more other ons, such as servers in
the Cloud. This communication link can be controlled by the controller 150 (e.g., via
the data management subsystem IS] ), gh this is not required and other
components can be used to control communication. The controller 150 can be
configured to e real-time information about the system 600 and/or the organ
contained therein to one or more remote locations while the system is at the donor
hospital, is in transit, and/or is at the recipient hospital. In some embodiments,
communication can be accomplished using communication link such as a wired
network connection (e.g., Ethernet), a wireless network connection (e.g., IEEE
802.1 1), a cellular connection (e.g., LTE), a Bluetooth connection (e.g., IEEE
802.15), infrared connection, and/or a satellite-based network connection. In some
embodiments, the controller 150 can maintain a priority list of connections ng
those connections which are more reliable such as a hardwired lntcmct connection
and/or Wi-Fi over less reliable cellular and/or satellite connections. In other
PCT/U52015/033839
embodiments, the priority list can be generated with a preference for cost
ission mediums such as Wi-Fi.
The system 600 can be configured to communicate with the Cloud, and
ultimately remote parties via one or more techniques. For e, the system 600
can be configured to communicate with a server in the Cloud and/or directly with one
or more remote computers. In some embodiments, the system 600 can be configured
to: i) send communications such as emails and/or text messages to predetermined
addresses, ii) upload data files to remote storage locations using, for example, FTP,
iii) communicate with a dedicated remote server to provide information in a
proprietary format, and iv) receive information downloaded from the Cloud and/or
other remote computers. In some embodiments, the controller 150 can
transmit/receive the information on a regular le, which can vary depending on
which phase of operation the system is in. For example, the controller 150 can be
configured to provide updates every five minutes while the system 600 is located at
the donor hospital, every 15 seconds while in transport, and/or every 15 seconds while
the system 600 is located at the receiving hospital. The controller 150 can also be
configured to transmit/receive information in a secure manner, such as using
encryption and/or with a timestamp.
The controller 150 can be configured to e various types of ation
to the Cloud and/or remote location such as: an offer for an organ, system readiness
information, battery charge level, gas tank level, status of the solution on pump,
flow rates, pressure rates, oxygenation rates, hematocrit levels, lactate levels,
temperature levels, the flow rate at which the pump 106 is set, the temperature at
which the heater 1 10 is set, the position of the flow clamp 190, some or all of the
information displayed on the user interface (e.g., atory and infusion flow rates,
pressures, oxygenation levels, hematocrit levels), geographic location, altitude, a copy
of the displayed interface itself, waveforms displayed on the user interface, alarm
, active alarms, screen es of the user interface, photographs (c.g. captured
using an onboard camera), HAP/HAF/Lacate trends, historical usage ation
about the system 600 (e.g., the number of hours it has been used), and/or donor
information. In heart/lung embodiments additional information such as AOP and/or
PEEP can be provided. ially, any piece of information that is collected,
PCT/U52015/033839
generated, and/or stored by the system 600 can be transmitted to the Cloud and/or a
remote computer.
The controller 150 can be configured to receive various types of information
from the Cloud and/or a remote location such as: instructions from a remote user, a
“pull” demand for data from a remote location, control inputs, information about the
organ recipient, and/or system updates.
In some embodiments, using the information provided by the system 600, a
user that is remote from the system 600 can effectively remotely view the same user
interface that is displayed on the system 600. Additionally, in some embodiments, a
user that is remote to the system 600 can also remotely l the system 600 as if
they were there in person. In some embodiments, the remote view can be an
enhanced version of what is seen by the attending user. For example, the user
ace can be presented in a similar format so that the remote user can visualize
what the attending user sees, but the remote view can be enhanced so that it also
displays additional information to provide context for the remote viewer. For e
donor demographics, geographic location, trends, and/or assessment s can also
be displayed. A remote user can also be provided with virtual buttons and/or controls,
matching those found on the system 600, which can be used to remotely l
operation of the system 600.
In some embodiments, one or more technicians can remotely connect to and
access the system 600 to perform diagnostics, update the , and/or remotely
troubleshoot issues. In some ments, remote technical assistance can be limited
to times when the system 600 is not being used to preserve an organ.
In some embodiments, the information provided by the system 600 can be
presented to a remote user h a web portal, mobile application, and/or other
interface.
In some ments, access to the information provided by the system 600
can be limited to one or more registered users such as, surgical staff at the ent
hospital, a technical support team, and/or administrators. In some embodiments,
access to information provided by the system 600 can be tied to an electronic l
file of the recipient. For example, the Cloud-based server can access one or more
electronic medical files of the recipient to determine, for example: parties expressly
identified as being able to have access to the recipient’s health data, parties associated
WO 87737 PCT/USZOIS/033839
with organizations that are identified as being able to have access to the recipient’s
health data, and/or individuals working at medical facilities that are within a n
geographic distance of the recipient.
As described herein, sometimes during ort samples of perfusion fluid
can be withdrawn for al analysis. In these instances, however, the data obtained
through the external analysis is disassociated with the ation contained within
the system 600. Thus, in some embodiments, the user ace provided by the
system 600 can be configured to allow a user to input and store externally generated
data about the organ. For example, if the attending user withdraws a sample of the
IO perfusion fluid in order to perform a lactate measurement in an external analyzer, the
ing user can then input and store the result in the system 600 along with the data
that is generated by the system 600 itself. Along with the result itself, the user can
also e timestamp information and a description of the information. The
information inputted by the user can be stored, processed, downloaded, and/or
transmitted by the system 600 as if it were generated internally. In this manner, the
system 600 can keep a complete record of all information relating to the organ while
it was ex vivo regardless of whether the information was generated internally in or
externally from the system 600.
In operation, referring to , a process 6600 describes an exemplary
embodiment of how the system 600 can be used with a Cloud-based
communication/storage system. The s 6600 is exemplary only and not limiting.
For example, the stages described therein can be altered, changed, rearranged, and/or
omitted. The process 6600 assumes that the system 600 is in communication with a
remote cloud-based server and that the system is being used to transport an organ,
although this is not required. This process can be adapted to be used, for example,
while an organ is being treated ex vivo for implantation back into the al patient
rather than being transplanted into a new recipient.
At stage 6605, an offer for an organ can be presented to the retrieval hospital
by the organization that controls organ allocation (e.g., an organ procurement
organization). Through a web portal to the system 600, the retrieval hospital's staff
can query the readiness (c.g. battery charge level, gas level) of the system 600 and can
enter information about the donor. The ation can be transferred to the system
600 via the server.
PCT/U52015/033839
At stage 6610, clinical support that have registered with the server as on-call
staff can be alerted to the upcoming transport session via an email, a text message, an
automated phone call, and/or any other communication means. The clinical support
staff can be, for example, staff employed by the manufacturer of the system 600.
At stage 6615, which typically occurs during transport, the system 600 can
transmit /organ status information to a Cloud-based server via a
communication link. The information transmitted to the server can be reviewed in an
online portal by third s such as the transplant surgeon, t staff, and/or any
other permitted party (all of which can be at different geographic locations). In some
embodiments, the server can perform additional processing on the information
received from the system 600 to generate new information, which can then be
presented back to the system 600 and/or to third parties. The information displayed to
the user on the system 600 can be transmitted (e.g., either the underlying data and/or
the image itself) to the server, for example, cited once every 2 minutes. The
data can then be stored with a timestamp on the server. For e, in some
embodiments, each time information is received by the server from the system 600,
this can be placed in a row of an Excel spreadsheet. Additionally, during the stage
6615, remote users that are viewing the information through the portal can "pull"
d) a screen refresh/snapshot of the data from the 0CS rather than waiting for
the next te sample to be "pushed." Additionally, in some embodiments, the
remote s can ly control the operation of the system 600 via a remote
interface.
The remote view can be an enhanced version of what is displayed on the
monitor of the system 600. It can be presented in a similar format so that the remote
user can visualize what the attending user sees. In some embodiments, however, the
remote view can also be enhanced so that it also displays additional information to
provide t for the remote viewer, such as donor demographics, trends, and
assessment results.
The system 600 can assert alerts through the server to remote third parties
such as the transplant surgeon and/or clinical support team. The attending user can
trigger contact from one of more remote third parties via a monitor menu action. For
e, the attending user can send a request for assistance to technical support who
WO 87737 PCT/U52015/033839
can receive an alert via, for example, text message and/or email and call or otherwise
contact the attending user.
The system 600 can automatically assert alerts in certain critical conditions
(e.g. HAP > 120, or PVP > 20 mmHg). The attending user can also snap a
photograph using a camera that is integrated into the system 600 (e.g., integrated into
the operator interface module 146). The image can automatically be pushed to the
server by the system 600.
During stage 6615, the system 600 can automatically provide information to
the server and/or other remote computer at regular intervals such as every 15 seconds,
every two minutes, every five minutes, or every 10 minutes. In some embodiments,
ation transmitted between the system 600, the server, and/or the third party can
occur in real time so that the remote party can have real time access to and/or control
over the system 600 as if they were there in person. In some ments, the
attending user and/or any other remote parties can initiate an unscheduled information
er. In some embodiments, if the communication link of the system 600 has been
disabled or is inoperable (e.g., during air transport), the controller 150 can be
configured to continue generating r status updates and store them for
transmission once the communication link has been re-enabled.
At stage 6620, which typically occurs at the end of the transport session,
session files from the system 600 can be pushed to the server. The information
provided to the server can include, for example, the trend, error, blood sample, and
event files. Preference can be given to WiFi before cellular link for data transmission,
to minimize cost.
IX. Possible benefits
Some embodiments of the system 600 described herein can provide one or
more benefits. For example:
Depending on the type of procedure being performed, manually controlling an
organ preservation system can be a intensive process that can require
specialized training. Additionally, as with any medical ure, manual control can
also be prone to mistakes by those lling the system. Thus, in some
embodiments, the system 600 can automatically control itself in real time. For
example, the controller 150 can be configured to automatically control the flow rate of
PCT/U52015/033839
the pump 106, the operation of the gas exchanger l 14, the ature of the heater
1 10, the operation of the flow clamp 190 (when an automated clamp is used), and/or
the transmission of information to the Cloud. The controller 150 can be configured to
control operation of the system 600 based upon feedback information from, for
example, the sensors contained therein.
Providing automated control of the system 600 can result in improved
usability, can reduce the possibility of error, and can reduce the labor intensity of
orting an organ. For example, automating the control process can compensate
for user variability that can exist when different people control the system. For
example, even if two users e the same training, one user’s judgment may differ
from another which can result in inconsistent levels of care across the two users. By
ting the l process, a level of consistency between ors can be
achieved in a manner that is otherwise difficult to do. onally, providing
automated control can also provide better care for the organ while ex vivo by updating
operational parameters of the system 600 more quickly than is possible with manual
control.
The techniques described herein can also improve the utilization of donor
organs that are currently not being utilized due to limitations of cold e s.
In existing cold storage methods, many organs go to waste because the organ cannot
be transported to a recipient before it suffers damage as a result of cold storage. This
results in many organs that are otherwise suitable for transplantation going to waste
each year. Using the techniques described herein, the amount of time that an organ
can be maintained in a healthy ex vivo state can be greatly extended thereby
increasing the potential donor and recipient pool.
The techniques described herein can also help improve the assessment of
whether an organ is suitable for transplant into a ent. For example, using a liver
example, visual observation or examination of the liver can be used to assess the liver
viability. For instance, a pink or red color ofthe liver can indicate that the liver is
functioning normally, while a gray or dark color of the liver can indicate that the liver
is functioning abnormally or deteriorating. In other embodiments, palpation of the
liver can be used to assess its viability. When the liver feels soft and elastic, the liver
is likely functioning normally. On the other hand, if liver feels tense or stiff, the liver
is likely functioning abnormally or deteriorating.
PCT/U52015/033839
In still other embodiments, because the bile duct is cannulatcd and connected
to a reservoir of the system 600. the color and amount of bile ed by the liver
can be easily examined to te the liver viability. In certain embodiments, black
or dark green color bile indicates normal liver function while a light or clear color of
the bile indicates that the liver is not functioning properly or deteriorating. In still
other embodiments, the amount of the bile production can be used to evaluate the
liver viability as well. Generally, the more the bile produced, the better the liver
function. In certain embodiments, a bile production of from about 250 mL to I L, 500
mL to IL, 500 mL to 750 mL, 500 mL, 750, or 1 L per day or in any ranges bounded
IO by the values noted herein suggests that the liver preserved on the organ care system
600 is functioning normally and viable. Many of the foregoing techniques can be
difficult, if not impossible when the organ is in vivo.
X. es
Experimental tests and results relating to the some embodiments are described
below. As described below, experimental tests included le studies and phases.
Phase I included studies of 27 liver samples including two groups of organs on the
above OCS system for up to 12 hours. Phase II included replicating the clinical steps
of liver retrieval, vation and simulated transplantation processes for multiple
sample livers for 4 hours of simulated transplant. Phase III included replicating
clinical steps of liver retrieval, preservation and simulated transplantation processes
for multiple sample livers for 24 hours of simulated lant.
A. Phase I
Groups A and B of organs were used for Phase I. Objectives for Phase I
include: (1) To optimally pcrfuse and preserve Livers on the OCS system for up to 12
hours using oncotic adjusted red blood cells (“RBCs”) based nutrient enriched
perfusate; (2) maintain stable near-—physiological heamodynamics (pressure and
flow) for both the portal and the hepatic arterial ation; (3) enable monitoring of
organ functionality and stability on the OCS by monitoring bile production rate, liver
s trends, stable PH and arterial lactate ; and (4) histopathology assess the
organ post OCS.
The animal model used for the test was the swine model, including 70-95 kg
Yorkshires swine. The Yorkshires swine was used as a model due to its similarity to
2015/033839
human anatomy and size relative to human adult organ size. The ate for the test
was red blood cell based. Given that the liver is a highly lic active organ, a
perfusate with an oxygen carrying capacity and nutrient enriched would be ideal for
the organ, mimicking it’s in-vivo environment and satisfying the organ’s high
metabolic demand.
Liver is unique by its dual blood supply. As described previously, the liver
gets its blood supply through the portal vein (PV) and the hepatic artery (HA). Portal
circulation is a low-pressure ation (5-10 mm Hg) and the hepatic arterial
circulation delivers high—pressure pulsatile blood flow (70-120 mm Hg). Stable
perfusion parameters and hemodynamics indicate stable perfusion. Lactate levels
were used as a marker of adequate ion because lactate is one of the most
sensitive logic parameters, and is thus a good indicator of the adequacy of
ion. Lactate is produced under anaerobic conditions denoting inadequate
perfusion, and the trend of lactate level is a sensitive marker for perfusion adequacy
assessment. atc Aminotransferase (“AST”) is a standard marker used clinically
to assess livers, and was also used as a marker of viability. The trend of AST level is
another marker and indicator of the organ viability. Bile production is a unique
on of the liver. Bile production monitoring is another marker for the organ
viability and functionality.
Phase I included studies of 27 liver samples. Of those, Group A included 2]
samples that were preserved on the 0CS for 8 hours using cellular based ate.
Group B included 6 samples that were preserved on the OCS for 12 hours using
cellular based perfusate.
The following protocol was d for phase 1 groups A and B testing.
First, animal prep, organ retrieval, cannulation and Pre-OCS flush is
described. Each 70-95kg ires Swine was sedated in its cage by injecting a
combination of Telazol and Xylazine intramuscularly according to the following dose:
6.6mg/kg Telazol and 2.2 mg/kg Xylazine. The animal was then intubatcd, an IV line
ished, then the animal was transferred to the OR table in supine position, then
connected to the ventilator and anesthesia machine. The liver was exposed through a
right subcostal incision, and the heart through median sternotomy incision. The
hepatic artery (HA), portal vein (PV) and the common bile duct were isolated. The
right atrium and the superior vena cave were then isolated and eannulatcd for blood
W0 87737 PCT/U52015/033839
collection. Then 2-3 liters of blood were collected from the animal using a 40 Fr
venous cannula through the right atrium. The collected blood was then processed
through a cell saver machine (Haemonetics Cell Saver 5+) to collect washed RBCs.
Topical cooling was applied to the liver during the blood collection time. Then the
liver was harvested.
Afier harvesting the liver, the hepatic artery (HA), portal vein (PV), the
common bile duct, supra hepatic cava and infra hepatic cave were isolated and
cannulated using the appropriate size for each. Exemplary sized cannulas include 14
Fr, 16 Fr, 18 Fr for the hepatic artery a, 40 Fr and 44 Fr for the portal vein
cannula, 12 Fr and 14 Fr for the common bile duct cannula, 40 Fr for the supra-
hepatic vena cava, and 40 Fr for the infra-hepatic cava.
The liver was then flushed using 3L of cold PlasmaLyte® on, each liter
was supplemented with Sodium bicarbonate (NHCO3) at 10 mml/L, Epoprostenol
Sodium at 2 mics/L, Methylprednisolone at 160 mg/L. One liter was delivered
through the hepatic artery pressurized at ~50-70 mmHg. Two liters were delivered
through the portal vein by gravity.
Afier cannulation, the organ was preserved on the 0CS at 34° C for 12 hours
using oncotic adjusted RBCs based perfusate. The OCS-liver system prime perfusate
included wasth red blood cells, albumen 25%, Lytc ([0 on,
dexamethasonc, sodium onate (NaHCO3) 8.4%, adult multivitamins for
infusion (INFUVITE ®), calcium atc 10% at (100 mg/ml), gram-positive
antibiotic such as cefazolin, and a gram negative antibiotic such as ciprofloxacin.
Table 7 below summarizes the liver prime perfusate composition and dose.
TABLE 7. OCS liver prime perfusate ition and dose
“Sim '
. memmfiadfims
W0 2015/187737 2015/033839
In addition to OCS-Liver circulating perfusate mentioned above, the following were
delivered to the perfusate as continuous infusion using an integrated Alaris infusion
pump: Total Parenteral Nutrition (TPN): CLlNlMlX E (4.25% Amino Acid / 10%
Dextrose); PLUS Insulin (3OIU), Glucose (25g) and 40,000 units of Heparin;
Prostacyclin on as needed: (cpoprostcnol sodium) to optimize the c
Artery Pressure; Bile Salts (Taurocholic acid sodium): as needed for Bile Salt
ment. Table 8 below illustrates the liver perfusate infusions and rate.
TABLE 8. OCS liver ate infusions and rate
i «e; sassy:
\ xervw~“\\-q:S-":"~$ §~§\&¢‘3§ £33m.» QG‘CS~‘., “5.33.1 .-“‘,‘.~_\.
t §S\‘\§R 'I ,5
r. 3' .23? wag IA
333 3mm: ,~‘-\ \‘ 6‘
: e {iat‘t'ifiii meanest fiuwvxi
The Liver was perfused on the OCS by delivering blood based, warm,
oxygenated and nutrient enriched perfusate through the hepatic artery and the portal
vein. Once the liver was instrumented on the OCS and all cannulac were connected,
pump flow was increased gradually and very slowly to achieve the target flow over
-20 minutes. While the liver was warming up to the temperature set point, the flow
control clamp was adjusted to maintain a 1:1 to 1:2 flow ratio between the HA and
PV. The vasodilator agent flow rate was adjusted as needed to manage the hepatic
artery pressure. An arterial blood sample was collected within the first 15-20
minutes.
The following ion parameters were maintained during perfusion on the
ver device: Hepatic Artery Pressure (mean HAP): 75 - 100 mmHg; Hepatic
Artery Flow (HAF): 300 - 700 ml/min; Portal Vein Pressure (mean PVP): 4 - 8
mmHg; Portal Vein Flow (PVF): 500 - 900 ml/min; Perfusate Temperature (Temp):
34C; Oxygen gas flow 400 - 700 ml/min.
PCT/U52015/033839
Lactate levels on the OCS-Liver Perfusion were collected according to the
following sampling scheme. One OCS liver arterial sample was collected within 10—
minutes from a start of perfusion on the OCS-Liver device. Samples continued to
be collected from the device at approximately hourly intervals until lactate level was
trending down, at which point the lactate samples were taken every 2 hours or after
any active HAF or HAP ments. Baseline Liver Enzyme was ed from the
animal. Liver Enzyme was collected and assessed on the 0CS every two hours
starting at the second hour.
Post 0CS athology Sampling.
At the end of the preservation time, OCS perfusion was terminated. The liver
was disconnected from the device and all as were removed. Specimens were
collected from the Liver and saved in 10% formalin for Histopathology assessment.
A section of the Liver was collected for the wet/dry ratio. The section weight was
recorded before and after 48 hours in an 800 C hot oven. The y ration was then
calculated ing to the following formula: Water Content (W/D ratio) = I —
(Ending /Starting Weight).
A liver was considered acceptable if it met acceptance criteria, ing:
stable perfusion parameters throughout preservation on the OCS for HAF, HAP, PVF
and PVP; stable or trending down arterial lactate; continuous bile production with a
rate of >10 ml/hr.; stable or trending down liver enzymes (AST); and normal and
stable pcrfusate PH.
The Phase I, Group A, 21 samples successfully met the above identified
acceptance criteria. The data for hepatic artery flow over 8 hours of OCS liver
perfusion shown in the graph in demonstrates that OCS perfused swine livers
demonstrated stable perfusion, as evidenced by the Hepatic Artery Flow (HAF) trend
throughout the course of 8 hours preservation on DCS. The data for portal vein flow
over 8 hours of OCS liver perfusion shown in the graph in , which shows PVF
trend throughout the course of the 8 hour preservation on OCS, demonstrated stable
perfusion, as ced by the stable Portal Vein Flow (PVF) trend throughout the
course of 8 hours preservation on OCS. shows a graphical depiction of
hepatic artery re versus portal vein pressure throughout the 8 hour OCS-liver
perfusion. rates that OCS perfused swine livers demonstrated stable
PCT/U52015/033839
perfusion pressure, as evidenced by the stable portal vein re and the hepatic
artery pressure throughout the course of the 8 hour vation.
is a cal depiction of arterial e levels over the 8 hour OCS
liver ion. shows that OCS perfused swine livers demonstrated
ent metabolic function, as evidenced by their ability to clear e and trending
down lactate hout the course of 8 hours preservation on OCS. is a
graphical depiction of total bile production over the 8 hour OCS liver perfusion. shows that OCS perfused livers continued to produce bile at a rate of >1 OmI/hr.
throughout the course of the 8 hour preservation on OCS ting preserved organ
functionality. is a graphical depiction of AST level over the 8 hour OCS liver
perfusion. Aspartate Aminotransfcrase (AST) is a standard marker clinically used to
assess livers. graph demonstrates that OCS perfused livers exhibited a
trending down AST levels over the course of 8 hours perfusion on the OCS,
indicating good liver functionality. is a graphical depiction of ACT level
over the 8 hour OCS liver perfusion. As shown in , activated clotting time
(ACT) was maintained above 300 seconds over the course of 8 hours of perfusion on
the OCS. is a graphical depiction of oncotic pressure throughout the course
of 8 hours preservation on OCS. As shown in , oncotic pressure remained
stable on the OCS.
is a graphical ion ofbicarb levels over the 8 hour OCS liver
perfusion. As shown in , Bicarb (HCO3) levels were maintained within
normal physiologic ranges over the course of 8 hours perfusion on the OCS with very
minimal doses required of HCO3 for correction, indicating a stable liver metabolic
profile. is a depiction of the detected pH levels throughout the course of 8
hours vation on OCS. As shown in , stable and normal pH was
maintained over the course of 8 hours perfusion on the 0CS with no or minimal need
to add HCO3 for correction, indicating a good functioning and adequately perfused
organ.
shows images of tissues taken from samples in Phase I, Group A.
Histological examination of parenchymal tissue and bile duct tissue shows normal
liver sinusoidal structure with no evidence of necrosis or ischemia and normal bile
duct epithelial cells indicating adequate perfusion and lack of ischemic injury.
PCT/U52015/033839
The results observed for Phase I Group B. organs maintained for 12 hours,
exhibited similar acceptable results to those in Group A.
As in Group A above, in Phase I Group B a liver was considered acceptable if
it met ance criteria, including: stable perfusion parameters throughout
preservation on the OCS for HAF, HAP, PVF and PVP; stable or trending down
arterial lactate; continuous bile production with a rate of >10 ml/hr.; stable or trending
down liver enzymes (AST); and normal and stable perfusate PH.
depicts Hepatic Artery Flow of a 12hr OCS Liver Perfusion. As
illustrated, the graph of shows that OCS perfused swine livers demonstrated
stable perfusion, as evidenced by the Hepatic Artery Flow (HAF) trend throughout the
course of 8 hours preservation on OCS.
depicts Portal Vein Flow of a12hr OCS Liver Perfusion. As
illustrated, the graph of illustrates OCS perfused swine livers demonstrated
stable perfusion, as evidenced by the stable Portal Vein Flow (PVF) trend throughout
the course of 12 hours preservation on OCS.
depicts Hepatic Artery Pressure vs. Portal Vein Pressure in a 12hr
OCS-Liver Perfusion. The graph of trates that OCS perfused swine
livers demonstrated stable perfusion pressure, as evidenced by the stable Portal Vein
Flow (PVP) and the c Artery Pressure (HAP) trend throughout the course of 12
hours preservation on OCS.
depicts Arterial Lactate in a 12hr OCS-Liver Perfusion. The graph of
shows that OCS ed swine livers demonstrated excellent metabolic
function, as evidenced by their ability to clear e and ng down lactate levels
throughout the course of 12 hours preservation on OCS.
depicts Bile Production in a 12hr OCS-Liver Perfusion. The graph of
demonstrates that the OCS perfused Livers continued to produce bile at a rate
of >10ml/hr throughout the course of 12 hours preservation on OCS ting well
ved organ function.
depicts AST Level of a 12hr OCS-Liver Perfusion. Aspartate
Aminotransferasc (AST) is a standard marker clinically used to assess livers. The
graph of trates that 0CS ed livers exhibited a trending down
2015/033839
AST levels over the course of 12 hours perfusion on the OCS. This tes good
liver functions.
depicts ACT Levels in a 12hr OCS-Liver Perfusion. Activated
ng time (ACT) was maintained above 300 see over the course of 12 hours
perfusion on the OCS, as illustrated in .
B. Phase II
Phase 11, or Group C, included studies of 12 liver samples. Of those, 6
samples were preserved on the OCS for 8 hours using cellular based perfusate, and
were then subjected to simulated transplant on the OCS for 4 hours of preservation
using whole blood as pcrfusate. The other 6 samples were preserved for 8 hours using
cold static preservation in UW solution, and were then subjected to ted
transplant on the OCS for 4 hours of preservation using whole blood as pcrfusate.
Objectives for Phase 11 include preserving the liver with OCS using warm
perfusion for 8 hours using an RBCs based pcrfusate, followed by 45 minutes of cold
ischemia, then another 4 hours of ver warm perfusion using whole blood, (a)
to lly pcrfuse and preserve Livers on the 0CS system for 8 hours using oncotic
adjusted RBCs-based nutrient enriched perfusate, (b) maintain stable near-
physiological heamodynamics (pressure and flow) for both the portal and the hepatic
arterial circulation, (e) enable monitoring of organ functionality and ity on the
OCS by monitoring bile production rate, liver enzymes trends, stable PH and arterial
lactate levels, (d) subject the organ to 45minutcs of cold ischemia post the first 8
hours on the OCS, (e) followed by 4 hours of simulated transplant on the OCS using
whole blood, while monitoring and assessing the organ heamodynamie and perfusion
parameters and monitoring organ functionality.
Simulated transplant on the OCS was used to minimize the confounding
variables associated with orthotopie transplantation and to isolate the variables to only
the ischemia/reperfusion effects.
This group (C) of inical simulated transplant testing was expanded to
include a control arm of cold stored swine livers using rd of care cold liver
preservation solution. Except for the cold preservation phase, the ol for this
arm of the group was cal to the OCS simulated transplant arm of the same group
(C). The detailed protocol and results are described below.
WO 87737 2015/033839
Like Phase I, 70-95 kg Yorkshires swine were used as a test subject for Phase
II. For this phase, two animals were used for each study, with the first animal as the
organ donor, and a second animal as a blood donor for the ted phase of
perfusion on the OCS.
In this simulated animal transplant model, the donor organ was exposed to the
identical conditions of organ retrieval, preservation, and terminal g for
transplantation as in orthotopic transplant. The only difference was that in the
transplant phase the organ was reperfused with another animal’s un-modified whole
blood in an ex-vivo OCS perfusion system to control for all the confounding variables
of orthotopic transplants that may shadow the true impact of vation injury on
the donor organ. The donor organ’s on and markers of injury monitored during
simulated transplant phase were identical to the ones that would be red during
orthotopic transplantation. The acceptance criteria for Phase [1 samples were the
same as those outlined above, and were measured during the 4 hours of simulated
transplant.
Phase 11, Simulated Transplant OCS arm, 6 samples (N=6).
This set was achieved by replicating all key clinical steps of liver val,
preservation and simulated transplantation processes in the ing sequence:
Donor Organ Retrieval (30 - 45 minutes): During this phase, the donor organ
was retrieved, and cold flushed for 30 - 45minutes to replicate the clinical condition
of donor liver retrieval and instrumentation on the OCS Liver system. The same prep,
organ retrieval, cannulation and pro-OCS flush were performed as described in Phase
Donor Liver Preservation on OCS (8 hours): During this phase, the donor
organ underwent ex-vivo perfusion and assessment using OCS Liver system. During
this phase, the liver was monitored and assessed hourly for marker of liver injury
(AST level), marker for metabolic function (Lactate level), and bile production rate as
a marker for liver function/viability. The same organ preservation was performed for
this group as the 8 hour preservation samples described in Phase I.
Post-OCS Preservation Cold Isehemia (45 minutes): During this phase the
donor liver was flushed using cold flush solution as specified in the proposed clinical
protocol to ate final cooling of the donor liver required for re—implantation.
Donor livers were maintained cold for 45 minutes to replicate the time required for
PCT/U52015/033839
ming the lantation procedure in the recipient. Using the Final Flush line
ed in the OCS Liver perfusion ation set, the liver was flushed and cooled
on the OCS using 3L of Cold PlasmaLytc solution supplemented with Sodium
onate (NHCO3) 10 mml/L, Epoprostenol Sodium 2 meg/L and
Mcthylprcdnisolonc 160 mg/L flush, supplying 1 liter at ~50-70 mmHg to the hepatic
artery, and a 2 liter gravity drain to the portal vein. The liver was then disconnected
from the OCS and placed in a cold saline bath for 45 minutes.
Final Reperfusion of the Donor Liver (4 hours): The transplantation was
replicated/simulated by the following process to isolate the grafi assessment markers
of ischcmia and reperfusion due to preservation technique from other confounding
variables associated with the transplant model (described above). The liver graft was
reperfused ex-vivo in a new OCS liver perfusion module using normothermic fresh
whole blood from a ent swine at 37°C for 4 hours. For the simulated transplant
phase, a new perfusion module was used to perfuse the organ on the OCS. The
perfusion pressures/flows were controlled to near physiologic levels and temperature
was maintained at 37°C. The liver was monitored hourly for the same markers as in
the preservation period. In addition, liver tissue samples were evaluated
histologically to assess hepatic tissue architecture and any signs of injury in the same
way as described above in Phase 1.
Phase II, Simulated Transplant Cold Preservation Control arm (N=6).
This was achieved by replicating all key clinical steps of liver retrieval,
preservation and simulated transplantation processes in the following sequence:
Donor Organ Retrieval (30-45 minutes): During this phase, the donor organ
was retrieved, for 30-45 minutes to replicate the clinical condition of donor liver
retrieval. The same prep, organ retrieval, cannulation and pre-OCS flush were
med as described in Phase I.
Donor liver cold preservation: During this phase, the donor liver was
preserved for 8 hours using standard of care cold storage solution Belzer UW® (UW
Solution) for liver flush and storage at 2-5“C to mimic the standard of care for liver
cold preservation.
Post-cold vation, organ flush and preparation (45 minutes): During this
phase the donor liver was flushed with cold flush solution using the final flush line
PCT/U52015/033839
included in the OCS liver perfusion termination set. The liver was flushed using 3L
of cold PlasmaLyte solution supplemented with Sodium bicarbonate 3) 10
mmI/L, Epoprostcnol Sodium 2 meg/L and Mcthylprednisolonc 160 mg/L flush,
supplying 1 liter at ~50-70 mmHg to the hepatic artery, and a 2 liter gravity drain to
the portal vein. The liver was then disconnected from the OCS and placed in a cold
saline bath for 45 minutes.
Final Reperfusion of the Donor Liver (4 hours): The transplantation was
replicated/simulated by the following process to isolate the grafi assessment markers
of ischemia and reperfusion due to preservation technique from other confounding
variables ated with the transplant model (described above). The liver grafi was
reperfuscd ex-vivo in a new 0CS liver perfusion module using normothermic fresh
whole blood from a different swine for 4 hours. The perfusion pressures/flows were
controlled to near logic levels and temperature was maintained at 37°C. The
liver was monitored hourly for the same markers as in the preservation period. In
addition, liver tissue samples were evaluated histologically to assess hepatic tissue
architecture and any signs of injury in the same way as described above in Phase I.
The results observed for Phase II, indicate that samples that were perfused
using the OCS system achieved better erfusion results than samples that were
ted to cold storage. The samples that were subject to cold storage, did not meet
the ance criteria described previously during the 4 hours of simulated
transplant, as compared to the OCS arm of the group.
In the cold storage control arm, the metabolic liver functions demonstrated
unstable and worsening profile over the course of the 4 hours of the simulated
transplant as evidenced by the higher and unstable lactate trend, as compared to the
OCS arm of the group, which demonstrated much better metabolic function, as
evidenced by ng down arterial lactate. This indicates that the OCS-arm livers
had significantly better metabolic on as compared to the cold storage control
arm. In the cold storage control arm, the liver enzyme (AST) e, which is a
ive marker of liver injury, was unstable and trending up to much higher levels
than the OCS arm of the group. This indicates mised liver functions for liver
grafts in the control arm, as ed to the well persevered and good functioning
liver grafts in the OCS arm, which was demonstrated by much lower level of Liver
enzyme (AST) trend in the OCS arm. In the cold storage control arm, the pH trend
PCT/U52015/033839
required much higher doses of HCO3 to achieve and maintain a stable metabolic
profile, than the doses required for the 0CS arm of the group. This indicates that the
0CS arm was able to maintain a much better metabolic profile than the cold storage
control arm. The bile production rate was less in the cold storage control arm than in
the OCS arm. This tes bctter livcr grafi functions in the 0CS arm as compared
to the cold storage control arm. The perfusion parameters were comparable for both
arms of the group. Based on the above comparison results, the OCS arm successfully
met the protocol pro-specified acceptance criteria while the cold storage l arm
did not meet the identical acceptance ia.
depicts Hepatic Artery Flow on a simulated transplant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a ted transplant l cold preservation arm. As
illustrated, the graph of depicts stable Hepatic Artery Flow (HAF) over the
course of 4 hours of perfusion on the OCS during the simulated transplant period.
depicts Portal Vein Flow on a simulated transplant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a ted transplant control cold preservation arm. As
illustrated in , the graph demonstrates Stable Portal Vein Flow (PVF) over the
course of 4 hours perfusion on the OCS during the simulated transplant period.
depicts Hepatic Artery Pressure vs. Portal Vein Pressure in a
simulated lant OCS-Liver vation arm vs. a simulated transplant control
cold preservation arm. The graph of trates a stable Hepatic Artery
Pressure (HAP) and Portal Vein re (PVP) trend over the course of 4 hours
perfusion on the OCS.
depicts Arterial Lactate on a simulated transplant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm. The graph
of demonstrate that the OCS-arm perfused livers had a much better metabolic
function, as evidenced by trending down arterial Lactate. This indicates that the
OCS-amt livers had significantly better metabolic on as compared to cold stored
arm.
depicts bile production of a simulated transplant ver
preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm. The graph
of demonstrates that the 0CS arm perfused livers had a higher bile
PCT/U52015/033839
production rate as compared to cold stored livers. This indicates better liver graft
function in the OCS group vs. a cold stored group.
depicts a AST Level of ted transplant OCS—Liver preservation
arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm. The graph of
demonstrates that the OCS perfused livers had a cantly lower AST levels
throughout the 4 hour simulated transplant period. This indicates significantly less
liver injury to the graft in the OCS group as compared to the cold stored group.
depicts ACT Levels of a simulated lant OCS-Liver preservation
arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm. Activated clotting time
IO (ACT) was maintained above 300 see over the course of 8 hours perfusion on the
OCS.
depicts oncotic re of a simulated lant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant l cold vation arm. As
depicted in , there was stable oncotic pressure on the OCS-Liver preservation
arm.
depicts the Bicarb Level ofa simulated transplant OCS-Liver
preservation arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm.
depicts pH Levels of a simulated transplant OCS-Liver preservation
arm vs. a simulated transplant control cold preservation arm. The graph of
demonstrates that an OCS perfused liver had better pH values over the course of 4
hours of perfusion on the OCS as ed to the cold stored livers. OCS perfused
livers needed very l HCO3 correction as compared to the cold stored group,
this is an indication of better functioning liver grafts in the OCS arm as compared to
the control arm.
As illustrated in , histological examination of hymal tissue and
Bile duct tissue shows normal liver sinusoidal structure with no evidence of necrosis
or ischemia and normal bile duct epithelial cells indicating adequate perfusion and
lack of ischemic injury.
As illustrated in , histological examination of Parcnchymal tissue and
Bile duct tissue shows significant hemorrhage and congestion within the parenchyma,
PCT/U52015/033839
Interlobular hemorrhage, multifocal wide spread interlobular hemorrhage, and
Lobular congestion.
C. Phase III
This group of prc-clinical ted transplant testing was conducted to
compare OCS preserved livers (3 samples) for 12 hours versus control arm livers
preserved cold (3 samples) using the standard of care cold liver preservation solution
Belzer UW(R) (UW Solution) for 12 hours. Both the OCS arm and the cold storage
arm were then assessed for 24 hours in a simulated transplant model on the OCS
using leukocyte-reduced blood from a different animal. Except for the cold
preservation phase, the protocol for both arms of the group was identical. During the
simulated transplant phase, organ on and stability were assessed by monitoring
and measuring stable perfusion parameters maintained in pro-specified ranges, bile
production, liver kcrs including AST, ALT, ALP, GGT, and total bilirubin, pH
levels, and arterial lactate levels. After the simulated lant phase, livers were
sampled for histopathology assessment. The acceptance criteria for this phase was the
same as the acceptance criteria outlined in phase 1.
OCS arm:
Donor Organ Retrieval: During this phase, the donor organ was retrieved, and
cold flushed to replicate the clinical ion of donor liver retrieval and
instrumentation on the OCS Liver system. The same prep, organ retrieval,
cannulation and S flush were performed as described in Phase I.
Donor Liver Preservation on OCS (12 hours): During this phase, the donor
organ underwent ex-vivo perfusion and assessment using OCS Liver system. Similar
organ preservation was performed for this group as the 8 hour vation samples
described in phase 1. The prime perfusatc was ed of 000ml RBCs
(Haemonetics Cell Saver), 400 ml Albumin 25%. 700 ml of PlasmaLyte, Antibiotic
(gram positive and gram ve) lg Cefazolin and100 mg Levofloxacin, 500mg of
Solu-Mcdrol, 20mg, Dexamethasone, 50 mmol Hco3, l vial ofmultivitamin, and 10
ml of Ca ate (4.65 mEq)
During preservation, 80% 02 was used starting at a rate of 450 ml/min starting
just before organ instrumentation and was adjusted according to the arterial pCO2 and
p02. Temperature was maintained at 34°C.
2015/033839
Continuous infusion was delivered using the integrated OCS-SDS. Flolan was
added to the HA inflow at 0-20 mic/hr (0-20ml/hr), as needed (0.05mg Flolan in 50
ml of Flolan Diluent “lmic/ml”). CLlNlMlX E TPN with 30 IU ofinsulin, 25g of
glucose and 40000 U of Heparin added was continuously infused to the PV at a rate of
30mL/h starting with priming. Na Taurocholic Salt, Gama sterilized Bile salt was
infused at a rate of 3 mL/h (concentration 1 g/50 ml sterile water) starting with
priming.
Target pressures and flows were: Ponal Vein pressure 1—8 mmHg; Portal Vein
flow 7 L/min; Hepatic Artery pressure 85—] 10 mmHg; and Hepatic artery flow
0.3—0.7 L/min.
Using the Final Flush line included in the OCS Liver perfusion termination
set, the liver was flushed and cooled on the OCS using 3L of Cold PlasmaLytc
on, supplying 1 liter at ~50-70 mmHg to the c artery, and a 2 liter gravity
drain to the portal vein. The liver was then disconnected from the OCS and placed in
a cold saline bath for 45 minutes.
Cold Static preservation storage arm:
The same prep, organ val, cannulation and pre-OCS flush were
performed as described in Phase I.
Afier flushing the organ with 3 Liters of UW, it was stored cold in UW
solution at ature ~5 degree for 12 hours. Using the Final Flush line included in
thc OCS Liver perfusion termination set, the liver was flushed and cooled on the OCS
using 3L of Cold PlasmaLyte on, supplying 1 liter at ~50--70 mmHg to the
hepatic artery, and a 2 liter gravity drain to the portal vein. The liver was then
disconnected from the OCS and placed in a cold saline bath for 45 minutes.
Both sets of livers were subjected to the post-transplant phase for 24 hours,
where they were instrumented onto an OCS machine and supplied with a post-
ate solution comprising 1500-3000 ml leukocytes reduced blood, 100 ml
n 25%, Antibiotic (gram positive and gram negative) lg Ccfazolin anleO mg
Levofloxacin, 500 mg of Solu-Medrol, 20mg, Dexamethasone, 50 mmol HCO3, l
vial of multivitamin, and 10 ml of Ca gluconate (4.65 mEq). During simulated
transplant, 80% 02 was used starting at a rate of 450 ml/min starting just before organ
W0 2015/187737 PCT/U82015/033839
instrumentation and was adjusted according to the arterial pC02 and p02.
Temperature was maintained at 37°C.
uous infusion was delivered using the integrated OCS-SDS. Flolan was
added to the HA inflow at 0-20 . (0-20ml/hr.), as needed (0.05mg Flolan in 50
ml of Flolan Diluent “1mic/ml”). CLINIMIX E TPN with 30 IU of insulin, 25 g of
glucose and 40000 U of Heparin added was continuously infused to the PV at a rate of
30mL/h starting with priming. Na Taurocholic Salt, Gama sterilized Bile salt was
infused at a rate of 3 mL/h (concentration 1g/50 ml e water) starting with
priming.
Target pressures and flows were: Portal Vein pressure 1—8 mmHg; Portal Vein
flow 0.7—1.7 L/min; Hepatic Artery pressure 85—] 10 mmHg; and Hepatic artery flow
7 L/min.
Using the Final Flush line included in the OCS Liver perfusion termination
set, the liver was flushed and cooled on the OCS using 3L of Cold PlasmaLyte
solution, supplying 1 liter at ~50-70 mmHg to the hepatic artery, and a 2 liter gravity
drain to the portal vein. Each Liter will be mented by 10 mmol HCO3 and
150mg of Solu-Mcdrol. The liver was then disconnected from the 0CS and placed in
a cold saline bath for 45 minutes. Table 9 below rates the liver perfusate
infusions and rate.
TABLE 9. 0CS livcr pcrfusate infusions and rate
:3 :nsaxsnsmu at? might
:. Gimme 25: gm
A :4 t is“ w my“ ;
Fwssecstéin s'efasiw as- seaem to comm: firmware: army presume
3 .3. mm; m‘.. 3m v, 3'»
es, “ragmsreaet Memm e 3 ms
$53 fast Nae
Nauses 633% to {sweet mtsmm armies
excess:
is a samples location diagram illustrating locations of samples from a
liver ofa pig.
The following liver histopathology sampling protocol was followed to assess
the sample livers.
PCT/USZOIS/O33839
Samples collection time: At completion of the experiment (at the end of the
24hr simulated lant .
Method and Samples collected:
1. Gross Picture: photographs of ar and under surface of the OCS and CS
livers at the beginning of the gross examination post study.
2. Bile Duct: entire extra-hepatic bile duct and as much adherent surrounding
tissue (not surgically dissected from the surrounding tissue) in a neutral-buffered
formalinjar.
3. Electron Microscogv {EM}: 0.] cm (1 mm) fragment of the liver tissue from
the peripheral and deep aspect of the Lcfi l Lobe and the Right Medial Lobe.
Place the tissue specimen in electron microscopy fixative.
4. HeQatic hvma (L110: 1 x 1 cm sections obtained from the periphery and
deep aspects of each lobe (total of 8), and preserved in Formalin. Sections thickness
no more than 3-5mm and fixative volume 15 — 20 times higher than the specimen
volume. Any obvious defect was sampled.
Samples Locations:
Two samples were collected from each lobe according to the to access
the hepatic hyma, each sample will be preserved in separate jar filled with 10%
formalin and labeled accordingly.
1. Left Lateral Lobe geripheral--M_(LLLP--LM)
2. Left Lateral Lobe L’eripheral—-M(LLLP--EM)
3. Left Lateral Lobe _l_)eep--L_M(LLLD—-LM)
4. Left Lateral Lobe Qeep- D--EM)
. Left Medial Lobe L’et‘ipheral- -M(LMLP--LM)
6. Left Medial Lobe Qeep- -M(LMLD—-LM)
7. flight Medial Lobe L’eripheral--LM(RMLP—-LM)
8. flight Medial Lobe L’eripheral--M(RMLP--EM)
9. flight Medial Lobe Qeep- -LM (RMLD--LM)
PCT/USZOIS/O33839
. Eight Medial Lobe Qeep--M(RMLD--EM)
l 1. flight Lateral Lobe L’eripheral— -M(RLLP--LM)
12. Eight Lateral Lobe Qeep— -M(RLLD—-LM)
I3. Extra- -flepatic _B_ile Que! (EHBD)
Data Collection and Analysis
Preservation data was summarized in tabular and graphic form, depending on
the variable. Then uous variables were analyzed with means, s, standard
deviations, and minimum and maximum values. After that, AST, ALT, GGT, ALP
test results were collected, recorded and attached. Next, arterial lactate was collected,
IO recorded and attached. pH was then measured, ed and attached. HCO3 levels
were then ed, recorded and attached. Lastly, total bile produced volume was
collected and recorded.
Results of Phase III.
The OCS arm (N=3) of this group successfully met all of the acceptance
criteria, which was pro-specified in the protocol, by demonstrating the ing
throughout the 24 hours of the simulated transplant phase: Stable perfusion
parameters throughout preservation on the OCS for HAF, HAP, PVF and PVP, stable
or ng down arterial lactate, continuous bile production with a rate of >10 ml/hr.,
stable or trending down liver enzymes (AST), and normal and stable ate PH.
For example, illustrates the Hepatic Artery Pressure (HAP) trend over the
course of 24 hours perfusion on the OCS.
illustrates the Portal Vein Pressure in an OCS-Liver Preservation arm
vs the control Cold preservation arm. demonstrates the Portal Vein Pressure
(PVP) trend over the course of 24 hours perfusion on the OCS; the cold preservation
arm demonstrated an increase in the PVP me ed to stable PVP for the
OCS preservation arm.
illustrates a Hepatic Artery Flow in a OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs.
control Cold preservation arm. demonstrates stable Hepatic Artery Flow
(HAF) trend over the course of 24 hours perfusion on the OCS.
PCT/U52015/033839
illustrates a Portal Vein Flow in an OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs.
control Cold preservation arm. demonstrates stable Portal Vein Flow (PVF)
trend over the course of 24 hours perfusion on the OCS.
In comparison, the simulated lant OCS arm (N=3) performed better than
the control arm. The perfusion parameters were comparable for both arms of the
group r the control arm vascular resistance was higher compared to the OCS
arm. The control arm had a much higher peak of the Lactate level at 7.8 mmol/L
compared to 2.4 mmol/L for the OCS arm. Both arms continued to produce bile
hout the simulated lant phase at a rate >10ml/hr. For example,
depicts Arterial Lactate in an ver Preservation arm vs. a control Cold
preservation arm. demonstrates Arterial Lactate in an OCS-Liver
Preservation arm vs. control Cold preservation arm. This indicates that the OCS-arm
livers had significantly better metabolic function as compared to cold stored arm.
Liver enzymes which is a sensitive biomarker of Liver injury (AST, ALT, and
the GGT) showed a much higher peaks compared to the OCS arm of the group.
Average AST peak was 88.7 in the OCS arm compared to l 188 for the control arm.
Average ALT levels peaked at 31.3 for the OCS arm compared to a peak of 82 for the
control arm. Average GGT levels peaked at 28.7 for the OCS arm compared to 97 for
the l arm. This indicates well preserved Livers and less cell injury for Liver
grafts preserved on the 0CS arm as ed to the control arm. For example, illustrates an AST Level OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. control Cold
Preservation arm. demonstrates that the OCS perfused livers had
significantly lower AST levels throughout the 24 hours ted lant period.
This indicates significantly less liver injury to the graft in the OCS group as compared
to the cold stored group.
FIG 68 illustrates an ALT Level OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. control Cold
preservation arm. demonstrates that the OCS perfused livers had lower ALT
levels with an average peak at 31.3 compared to average peak of 82 for the control
group. This indicates less liver injury to the grafi in the OCS arm as compared to the
control cold stored arm.
depicts a GGT Level of an OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. control
Cold vation arm. demonstrates that the OCS perfused livers had a
2015/033839
much lower GGT levels throughout the 24 hr. period. This indicates better
hepatobilliary protection of the graft in the OCS arm as compared to the control cold
stored arm.
The OCS arm trated better metabolic profile compared to the control
arm as manifested by the stable and normal pH levels compared to a lower pH for the
control arm. This indicates that the OCS arm was able to maintain a much better
metabolic profile than the control arm. For example, depicts a pH level of an
OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. a control Cold preservation arm. As demonstrated by
, OCS perfused livers had normal and stable pH values over the course of 24
hours of perfusion as compared to the Control cold preservation arm livers.
Also the 0CS arm trated better metabolic Liver functions as shown by
higher I-ICO3 levels over the course of the 24 hours of the simulated transplant, as
compared to the control arm of the group, which demonstrated lower HC03
throughout the simulated transplant phase. This indicates that the OCS-arm livers had
better metabolic function as compared to the control arm. For example,
depicts a I-ICO3 level in an OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. a Control Cold
preservation arm. As rated in , OCS perfused livers had higher HCO3
levels over the course of 24 hours of perfusion as compared to the Control cold
preservation arm .
depicts a bile production OCS-Liver Preservation arm vs. control
Cold preservation arm. demonstrates that both arms maintained bile
production rate of >lOml/hr. Based on the above ted data, The OCS has
demonstrated stable perfusion and metabolic profile with well-preserved liver grafi
functions for up to 12 hours of 0CS preservation. In addition, when compared to the
control arm of cold static vation, in the simulated lant model, the OCS
perfused swine livers trated a significantly better metabolic function, as
evidenced by their y to metabolize lactate to baseline levels as compared to cold
stored livers where lactate continued to rise to significantly higher levels.
Additionally, the OCS perfused swine livers had significantly lower AST levels as
compared to the much higher level of AST in the simulated transplant l arm.
which indicates better Liver graft functions in the OCS arm as compared to the
control cold stored arm. The results of this pre-clinical OCS Liver device testing
PCT/U52015/033839
demonstrated that the OCS device is safe and effective in preservation of swine livers,
as evidenced by meeting the specified acceptance criteria. The differences observed
between the control arm and the OCS arm in Phase III were similar to the differences
observed in Phase 11, indicating that the OCS arm had better results. Additional uses
While vation of a donor organ which is intended for transplantation has
been described above, some embodiments of the organ care system 600 described
herein can be used for other purposes. For e, the system 600 can also be used
for maintaining an organ during reconstructive or other types of surgery, therapy,
and/or treatment (e.g., complicated, high-risk surgeries and/or treatments). That is,
some surgeries, ies, and/or treatments can be damaging to the human body, if
the procedure were performed on an in vivo organ. Thus, it can be beneficial to
remove the organ from the patient’s body, perform surgery on and/or treat the organ
ex vivo, and then reimplant the organ back into the patient’s body. For example,
certain radiation therapies can be damaging to tissue surrounding the organ. Thus, by
ng the organ, intensive ion therapy can be med on the organ
without collateral damage to the patient’s body. Other embodiments are possible.
D. Ex-vivo treatment of diseased livers, including cancer, fatty livers,
infection, by ry of therapeutics to organ
in some embodiments. the liver preserved on the organ care system 600 can be
subjected to ex-vivo therapeutic treatment of liver diseases. Non-limiting es of
liver diseases e cancer, fatty livers, and liver infection. The therapy can be
conducted by adding therapeutic agents to the perfusion fluid circulating through the
organ care system 600, thereby ing it to the liver itself. Alternatively, the
therapeutic agents can be directly added into one or more nutritional solution
described herein. In some ments, the temperature of the perfusion fluid and/or
liver can be ined at 40° C or 42° C, which can accelerate the rate of breakdown
and dissolution of fatty cells in the liver.
Non-limiting examples of anti-cancer therapeutic agents suitable for ex-vivo
eutic treatment of liver cancer include microtubule binding agents, DNA
intercalators or cross-linkers, DNA synthesis inhibitors, DNA and/or RNA
transcription inhibitors, dies, enzymes, enzyme inhibitors, gene regulators,
and/or angiogenesis inhibitors. Anti-cancer "Microtubule binding agent" refers to an
PCT/U52015/033839
agent that interacts with tubulin to stabilize or destabilize microtubule formation
thereby inhibiting cell division. Examples of microtubule binding agents include,
t limitation, paclitaxel, docetaxel, vinblastine, vindesinc, vinorelbinc
(navelbine), the epothilones, colchicine, dolastatin 15, nocodazole, podophyllotoxin
and rhizoxin. Analogs and derivatives of such compounds also can be used and will
be known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
ancer DNA and/or RNA ription regulators include, without
limitation, actinomycin D, daunorubicin, doxorubicin and derivatives and analogs
thereof. DNA alators and cross-linking agents e, without limitation,
cisplatin, carboplatin, oxaliplatin, mitomycins, such as cin C, bleomycin,
mbucil, cyclophosphamide and derivatives and analogs f. DNA synthesis
inhibitors include, without limitation, methotrexatc, 5-fluoro-5'-dcoxyuridine, 5-
fluorouracil and analogs thereof. Examples of suitable enzyme tors include,
without limitation, thecin, etoposide, forrnestane, trichostatin and derivatives
and analogs thereof. Other anti—tumor agents can include adriamycin, apigcnin,
rapamycin, zebularine, cimetidine, and derivatives and analogs thereof. Any other
suitable liver cancer therapeutic agents known in the art are contemplated.
A further advantage of the chemotherapy described above is its city: the
anticancer agent is specifically red to the diseased organ, the liver, without any
undesirable toxicity to other y organs or tissues.
Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents suitable for ex vivo therapeutic
treatment of fatty liver disease include tazone, rosiglitazone, orlistat, ursodiol,
and betainc. Any other suitable fatty liver therapeutic agents known in the art are
contemplated.
Non-limiting es of therapeutic agents suitable for ex-vivo therapeutic
treatment of liver infection include terferon alfa-Zb, terferon alfa-Za, ribavirin,
telaprevir, boceprcvir, simeprevir, and sofobuvir. Any other suitable liver infection
therapeutic agents known in the art are contemplated.
E. Regenerative approaches including Stem cell or gene delivery
In other embodiments, the organ preserved by the organ care system 600
described herein can be subjected to regenerative treatments. Non-limiting examples
of the organ regenerative treatments e stem cell therapy or gene delivery
PCT/U52015/033839
y. Stem cells are erentiated biological cells that can differentiate into
specialized cells, e.g., hepatoeytes. Adult stem cells can be harvested from blood,
adipose, and bone marrow of the donor of the liver with various types of liver
diseases, or of another adult with compatible stem cells (stem cells transplantation).
The isolated stem cells, e.g., bone marrow cells, can be used to infuse the damaged or
diseased liver preserved on the organ care system 600 to repair the liver to a healthier
state. For instance, the ed stem cells can be isolated from the donor and
included in the blood product in the perfusion fluid.
In some other embodiments, the liver preserved by the organ care system 600
described herein can be subjected to gene ry therapy. Gene ry is the
process of introducing foreign DNA into host cells, e.g._, liver cells, to effect treatment
of diseases. In certain ments, the gene delivery therapy is virus-mediated gene
delivery utilizing a virus to inject its DNA inside the liver cells. Non-limiting
examples of suitable viruses include retrovirus, adenovirus, adeno-associated virus
and herpes simplex virus. In some embodiments, a gene that is used to treat certain
liver diseases is packaged into a vector (virus or other) and included as part of the
ion fluid to perfuse the liver or added to the circulation of the organ care system
600 ly.
F. Ex-vivo immune modulation
In other embodiments, the donor‘s liver preserved by the organ care system
600 described herein can be subjected to immune regulations. Immune ses and
their modulation within the liver can affect the outcome liver transplantation. More
importantly, a liver disease can be treated by inducing, enhancing, or suppressing an
immune response from the liver. For instance, the liver immune system can be
activated to attack malicious tissues to treat liver cancer. On the other hand, the liver
immune system can be suppressed to treat autoimmune liver disease such as
autoimmune hepatitis. Any immunosuppressive agents or immune activating agents
known in the art can be used to treat the preserved liver to achieve the desirable
effect.
WO 87737 PCT/USZOIS/O33839
G. Ex-vivo surgical treatment of livers
In yet other embodiments, the s liver preserved by the organ care
system 600 described herein can be subjected to surgical treatment such as liver tumor
resection or split transplant where the liver is divided between two recipient ts.
In yet other embodiments, the donor’s liver preserved by the organ care system 600
described herein can be subjected to irradiation therapy to treat certain liver diseases
such as liver .
Xl. Conclusion
Other embodiments are within the scope and spirit of the disclosed subject
matter. In some embodiments, a perfusion circuit for pcrfusing a liver ex-vivo is
disclosed. which comprises a pump for providing pulsatile fluid flow of a perfusion
fluid h the circuit, a gas exchanger, a divider in fluid communication with the
pump red to divide the perfusion fluid flow into a first branch and a second
branch wherein the first branch comprises a hepatic artery interface wherein the first
branch is configured to provide a first portion of the perfusion fluid to a hepatic artery
of the liver at a high pressure and low flow rate via the hepatic artery interface
wherein the first branch is in fluid pressure communication with the pump wherein
the second branch comprises a portal vein ace wherein the second branch is
configured to provide a second portion of the perfusion fluid to a portal vein of the
liver at a low pressure and high flow rate via the portal vein interface the second
branch r comprising a clamp located between the divider and the portal vein
interface for selectively controlling the flow rate of perfusion fluid to the portal vein
the second branch further comprising a compliance chamber configured to reduce the
ile flow characteristics of the perfusion fluid from the pump to the portal vein
wherein the pump is configured to communicate fluid pressure through the first and
second branches to the liver, a drain configured to receive perfusion fluid from an
uncannulated or vena cava of the liver, and a reservoir positioned below the liver
and located n drain and the pump, red to receive the perfusion fluid
from the drain and store a volume of fluid.
In certain embodiments, the second branch of a perfusion circuit comprises a
plurality of compliance chambers. In certain embodiments, a compliance chamber in
a perfusion circuit is located between the divider and the portal vein interface. In
PCT/U52015/033839
certain embodiments, a portal vein interface of a perfusion t has a larger cross
sectional area than a hepatic artery interface. In certain embodiments, a perfusion
circuit includes at least one flow rate sensor in a second branch, and at least one
pressure sensor. In n embodiments, a pump comprises a pump driver, and the
position of the pump driver is adjustable to control the pattern of ile flow to a
liver. In some embodiments a clamp comprises an engaged position and a
disengaged position, the clamp may be adjusted to select the desired clamping force
and corresponding flow rate when the clamp is in the disengaged position, the clamp
may be moved to the engaged position to apply the selected clamping force without
IO further adjustment when in the engaged position, such that a user may quickly engage
and disengage the clamp while still having precise control over the amount of
clamping force d to the perfusion circuit.
In some embodiments, a system for perfusing an ex vivo liver at near
physiologic conditions is sed, the system comprising a perfusion t
comprising a pump for pumping perfusion fluid through the t, the pump in fluid
communication with a hepatic artery interface and a portal vein interface, wherein the
pump provides perfusion fluid to a hepatic artery of the liver at a high pressure and
low flow rate via the hepatic artery interface; and n the pump provides
perfusion fluid to the a portal vein of the liver at a low pressure and high flow rate via
the portal vein interface, a gas exchanger, a heating subsystem for maintaining the
temperature of the perfusion fluid at a normothermie ature, a drain configured
to receive the perfusion fluid from an inferior vena cava of the liver, a reservoir
configured to receive ion fluid from the drain and store a volume of fluid. In
some embodiments, a heating subsystem is configured to maintain the perfusion fluid
at a temperature between 34-37° C. In some embodiments, a the perfusion circuit
comprises an inferior vena cava cannula. In some embodiments, a control system for
controlling operation of the system is disclosed, sing an onboard computer
system connected to one or more of the components in the system, a data acquisition
tem sing at least one sensor for obtaining data relating to the organ, and
a data management subsystem for storing and maintaining data relating to operation
of the system and with t to the liver. In some embodiments, a heading
subsystem comprises a dual feedback loop for controlling the temperature of the
perfusion fluid within the system.
PCT/U52015/033839
In some embodiments, a system for preserving a liver ex vivo at logic
conditions is disclosed, comprising a multiple use module comprising a pulsatilc
pump, a single use module comprising, a perfusion circuit configured to provide
perfusion fluid to the liver, a pump interface assembly for translating pulsatile
pumping from the pump to the perfusion fluid, a hepatic artery interface configured to
deliver perfusion fluid to a hepatic artery of the liver, a portal vein interface
configured to deliver perfusion fluid to a portal vein of the liver, a divider to supply
perfusion fluid flow from the pump interface assembly to the hepatic artery interface
at a high pressure and low flow rate and to the portal vein interface at a low pressure
IO and high flow rate, an organ chamber assembly configured to hold an ex vivo organ,
the organ chamber assembly including a g, a flexible t surface suspended
within the organ chamber assembly, and a bile container configured to collect bile
produced by the liver.
In some embodiments, flexible support e is configured to conform to
differently sized organs, and further sing projections to stabilize the liver in the
organ chamber assembly. In some embodiments, a flexible support surface comprises
a top layer, a bottom layer, and a deformable metal substrate positioned between the
top layer and the bottom layer. In some embodiments, a flexible support surface is
red to cradle and controllably support a liver without applying undue pressure
to the liver. In some embodiments, a single use module comprises a wrap configured
to cover the liver in the organ chamber assembly. In some embodiments, a single use
module comprises a sensor to measure the volume of bile collected in the bile
ner. In some ments, a single use module can be sized and shaped for
interlocking with a portable s of the le use module for electrical,
mechanical, gas and fluid interoperation with the multiple use . In some
embodiments, multiple and single use modules can communicate with each other via
an optical interface, which comes into optical alignment automatically upon the single
use disposable module being installed into the portable multiple use module.
The subject matter bed herein can be implemented using digital
onic circuitry, or in computer software, e, or hardware, including the
structural means disclosed in this specification and structural equivalents thereof, or in
ations of them. The subject matter described herein can be implemented as
one or more computer program products, SUCh as OIIC or more computer programs
PCT/U52015/033839
tangibly embodied in an information carrier (e.g., in a machine-readable e
device), or embodied in a propagated signal, for execution by, or to control the
operation of, data processing apparatus (e.g., a mmable processor, a computer,
or le computers). A er program (also known as a program, sofiware,
sofiware application, or code) can be written in any form of programming language,
including compiled or interpreted languages, and it can be deployed in any form,
including as a stand-alone m or as a module, component, subroutine, or other
unit le for use in a computing environment. A computer program does not
necessarily correspond to a file. A program can be stored in a portion of a file that
holds other ms or data, in a single file dedicated to the program in question, or
in multiple coordinated files (e.g., files that store one or more s, ograms,
or portions of code). A computer program can be ed to be executed on one
computer or on multiple ers at one site or distributed across multiple sites and
interconnected by a communication network.
The processes and logic flows described in this specification, including the
method steps of the subject matter described herein, can be performed by one or more
programmable processors ing one or more computer programs to perform
functions of the subject matter described herein by operating on input data and
generating output. The processes and logic flows can also be performed by, and
apparatus of the subject matter described herein can be implemented as, special
purpose logic try, c.g., an FPGA (field programmable gate array) or an ASlC
(application-specific integrated circuit).
Processors suitable for the execution of a computer program include, by way
of example, both general and special purpose microprocessors, and any one or more
processor of any kind of digital computer. Generally, a processor will receive
instructions and data from a read-only memory or a random access memory or both.
The essential elements of a computer are a processor for ing instructions and
one or more memory devices for storing instructions and data. Generally, a computer
will also include, or be operatively coupled to receive data from or transfer data to, or
both, one or more mass storage devices for storing data, e.g., magnetic,
magneto-optical disks, or optical disks. lnforrnation carriers suitable for embodying
computer program instructions and data include all forms of non-volatile memory,
including by way of example semiconductor memory devices, (e.g., EPROM,
PCT/U52015/033839
EEPROM, and flash memory devices); magnetic disks, (c.g., al hard disks or
removable ; magneto-optical disks; and optical disks (e.g., CD and DVD disks).
The processor and the memory can be supplemented by, or incorporated in, special
purpose logic circuitry.
To provide for interaction with a user, the subject matter bed herein can
be implemented on a er having a display device, c.g., a CRT (cathode ray
tube) or LCD (liquid crystal display) r, for displaying information to the user
and a keyboard and a pointing device, (c.g., a mouse or a trackball), by which the user
can provide input to the computer. Other kinds of devices can be used to provide for
interaction with a user as well. For example, ck ed to the user can be any
form of sensory feedback, (e.g., visual feedback, auditory feedback, or tactile
feedback), and input from the user can be received in any form, including acoustic,
speech, or tactile input.
The techniques described herein can be implemented using one or more
modules. As used herein, the term e” refers to computing sofiware, firmware,
hardware, and/or various combinations thereof. At a minimum, however, s are
not to be interpreted as sofiware that is not implemented on hardware, firmware, or
recorded on a ansitory processor readable recordable storage medium (i.e.,
modules are not sofiwarc per se). Indeed “module” is to be interpreted to always
include at least some physical, non-transitory hardware such as a part of a processor
or computer. Two different modules can share the same physical hardware (e.g._, two
different modules can use the same processor and network interface). The s
described herein can be combined, integrated, separated, and/or duplicated to support
various applications. Also, a function described herein as being performed at a
ular module can be performed at one or more other modules and/or by one or
more other devices d of or in addition to the function performed at the particular
module. Further, the modules can be implemented across multiple devices and/or
other ents local or remote to one another. Additionally, the modules can be
moved from one device and added to another device, and/or can be included in both
devices.
The subject matter described herein can be implemented in a computing
system that includes a back-end component (e.g., a data server), a middleware
component (c.g., an application server), or a end component (e.g., a client
PCT/USZOIS/033839
er having a graphical user ace or a web browser through which a user can
interact with an implementation of the subject matter described ). or any
combination of such back-end, middlewarc, and front-end components. The
components of the system can be interconnected by any form or medium of digital
data communication, c.g., a communication network. Examples of communication
networks include a local area network (“LAN”) and a wide area network (“WAN”),
c.g., the lntcmct.
Claims (8)
1. A perfusion circuit for perfusing a liver ex-vivo, the perfusion circuit comprising: 5 a pump for providing a pulsatile fluid flow of a perfusion fluid through the perfusion circuit; a gas exchanger; a divider in fluid communication with the pump, the divider configured to divide the perfusion fluid into a first branch and a second branch, 10 wherein the first branch comprises a hepatic artery interface, wherein the first branch is configured to provide, via the hepatic artery interface, a first portion of the perfusion fluid to a c artery of the liver at a pressure between 25-150 mmHg and a flow rate between 0.25-1 L/min, 15 wherein the first branch is in fluid re communication with the pump, wherein the second branch comprises a portal vein interface, wherein the second branch is configured to provide, via the portal vein interface, a second portion of the ion fluid to a portal vein 20 of the liver at a pressure n 1-25 mmHg and a flow rate between 0.75-2 L/min; the second branch further comprising a clamp between the divider and the portal vein interface, the clamp configured to selectively control the flow rate of the ion fluid to the portal vein; 25 the second branch further comprising a compliance chamber ured to reduce a pulsatile flow characteristic of the perfusion fluid from the pump to the portal vein, wherein the pump is configured to provide the pulsatile fluid flow of the perfusion fluid through the first branch and h the second branch; a drain configured to receive the perfusion fluid from an inferior vena cava of the liver; and a reservoir positioned between the drain and the pump, the reservoir configured to receive the perfusion fluid from the drain and store a 5 volume of the ion fluid.
2. The perfusion circuit of claim 1, wherein the second branch ses a plurality of compliance chambers.
3. The perfusion circuit of claim 1, wherein the compliance chamber is located between the divider and the portal vein interface. 10
4. The perfusion t of claim 1, n the portal vein interface has a larger cross nal area than the hepatic artery interface.
5. The perfusion circuit of claim 1, further comprising: at least one flow rate sensor in the second branch, and at least one pressure sensor. 15
6. The perfusion circuit of claim 1, wherein the pump comprises a pump driver, and wherein a position of the pump driver is adjustable to control a n of the pulsatile fluid flow.
7. The perfusion circuit of claim 1, wherein the clamp is configurable to be in an engaged position or a disengaged position, 20 wherein, when the clamp is in the disengaged position, the clamp is configured to select a desired clamping force and a corresponding flow rate, and wherein, when the clamp is in the engaged position, the clamp applies the selected desired ng force.
8. The perfusion circuit of any one of claims 1 to 7, substantially as herein bed 25 with reference to any one or more of the examples but excluding comparative examples.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| NZ765006A NZ765006B2 (en) | 2014-06-02 | 2015-06-02 | Ex vivo organ care system |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201462006871P | 2014-06-02 | 2014-06-02 | |
| US201462006878P | 2014-06-02 | 2014-06-02 | |
| US62/006,878 | 2014-06-02 | ||
| US62/006,871 | 2014-06-02 | ||
| PCT/US2015/033839 WO2015187737A1 (en) | 2014-06-02 | 2015-06-02 | Ex vivo organ care system |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| NZ726895A NZ726895A (en) | 2021-10-29 |
| NZ726895B2 true NZ726895B2 (en) | 2022-02-01 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US11903381B2 (en) | Ex vivo organ care system | |
| CA2980782A1 (en) | Systems and methods for ex vivo organ care | |
| NZ726895B2 (en) | Ex vivo organ care system | |
| HK40057540B (en) | Perfusion circuit and system for perfusing an ex-vivo liver and system for preserving an ex-vivo liver | |
| HK40057540A (en) | Perfusion circuit and system for perfusing an ex-vivo liver and system for preserving an ex-vivo liver | |
| NZ765006A (en) | Ex vivo organ care system | |
| NZ765006B2 (en) | Ex vivo organ care system | |
| HK1236750A1 (en) | Ex vivo organ care system | |
| HK1236750B (en) | Ex vivo organ care system |